1911 Anonymous Spiritualist Manual Nsac Usa

SPIRITUALIST
MANUAL
ISSU E D BY T H E
NATIONAL S P I R IT U A L IS T
ASSOCIATION
OF C H U R C H E S
OF TH E
U N IT E D ST A T E S O F A M ER ICA
(A R E L IG IO U S BODY)
Incorporated under the Laws o( the District ol Columbia

P.O. BO.C 128
CASSADAGA. FLORIDA 32706
Revision of January, 1980

First Edition.......
Second Revision. ..
Third Revision.....
Fourth Revision...
Filth Revision......
Sixth Revision.....
Seventh Revision ...
Eighth Revision...
Ninth Revision....
Tenth Revision.....
Eleventh Revision..
Twelfth Revision....
Thirteenth Revision
Published 1911
.Published 1921
.Published 1925
Published 1928
.Published 1934
Published 1940
. Publishedl944
Published 1948
.Published 1955
Published 1967
Published 1972
Published 1975
Published 1980
Original General Offices of
National Spiritualist Association

Theodore J. Mayer, Late Treasurer of N. S.
(Now N.S.A.C.)
Donor of the Building
M O R R IS P R A T T IN S T IT U T E
11811 Watertown Plank Road
Milwaukee, W isconsin 53226
HARRISON D. BARRETT
Harrison D. Barrett, First Presi
dent of the National Spiritualist
Association, elected President at the
first Convention, held in Chicago,
111., September, 1893, and re-elected
annually thereafter up to and in
cluding the convention of 1906.
Passed on into the Spirit World at
Canaan, Maine, January 12, 1911, at
the age of 47 years, 10 months and
17 days.
GEORGE B. WARNE
Dr. George B. Warne, Second
President of the National Spiritualist
Association, elected Vice-President
at the 11th Convention in Washing
ton, D.C., and re-elected at each
succeeding convention, up to and
including the convention of 1906.
Elected President at the 15th
convention in Washington, D.C.,
1907 and re-elected annually there
after until 1920, when under the
changed constitution he was elected
for a term of three years at the
Buffalo convention in 1923.
Passed on into the Spirit World in
Chicago, 111., January 22, 1925 in his
74th year.
JOSEPH P. WHITWELL
St. Paul, Minn.
Third President of the N.S.A.:
elected Trustee at the nineteenth
annual convention in St. Louis, Mo.,
in 1911. Was elected Vice-President
at the twentieth convention in
Dallas, Texas, in 1912 and was
re-elected annually thereafter until
1920, when under the changed con
stitution he was elected for a term of
three years. He was again re
elected for a term of three years at
the thirty-first annual convention at
Buffalo, N.Y., in 1923.
On the transition of the President,
Doctor George B. Warne, January
22, 1925. :Mr. Whitwell was elected
President by the Board. At the 33rd
annual convention held in Milwau
kee he was elected President for one
year to fill out the unexpired term of
Dr. George B. Warne.
At the 34th annual convention,
held in Toledo, Ohio, 1926 and at
each of the following named conven
tions, Mr. Whitwell was re-elected to office for a term of three years 37th
convention in boston, 1929; 20th in Chicago, 1932; 43rd in Cleveland, 1935;
46th in Indianapolis, 1938; 49th in Los Angeles, 1941. Retired 52nd convention,
S t . Louis, Mo., 1944 and elected President Emeritus; passed to the higher life
June 10, 1956.
CHARLES R. SMITH
Milwaukee, Wis.
Fourth President:Elected Trustee
at the 40th annual convention in
Chicago, III., 1932, for a term of
three years. Re-elected as Trustee at
the 43rd convention in Cleveland,
1935. On the passing of Vice-Presi
dent Rev. Thomas Grimshaw, Janu
ary 1, 1938, was elected by the Board
to fill the unexpired term. Was
re-elected as Vice-President for a
term of three years at each of the
following named conventions: 46th
convention, Indianapolis, Ind., 1938;
49th convention, Los Angeles, Calif.,
1941. Elected President 52nd con
vention, St. Louis, Mo.. 1944; re
elected 55th convention, Detroit,
Mich., 1947; re-elected 58th conven
tion, Boston, Mass., 1950; re-elected
61st convention Kansas City, Mo..
1953; passed to the higher life
December 21, 1955.
ROBERT J. MACDONALD
Cassadaga, Florida
Fifth President: Appointed as a
Trustee by the National Board on the
passing of Rev. A. Cervin in 1940.
Elected for one year, to fill the
unexpired term of Rev. Cervin, at
the 49th convention, Los Angeles,
1941; re-elected for a full three year
term at the 50th convention, Roches
ter, 1942; resigned as trustee at the
52nd convention, St. Louis, 1944 and
elected Vice-President for a term of
three years. Re-elected for a three
year term at the 55th convention,
Detroit, 1947; re-elected for three
years at the 58th convention, Boston,
1950; re-elected for three years at
the 61st convention, Kansas City,
1953. Elected by the National Board
as President on the passing of Rev.
Charles R. Smith in 1956; elected
President for a full three year term at
the 64th convention, Philadelphia,
1956; re-elected for three years at the 67th convention, Chicago, 1959;
re-elected for three years at the 70th convention, Denver, 1962; re-elected for
three years at the 73rd convention, Detroit, 1965; re-elected for three years at
the 76th convention, Denver, 1968; re-elected for three years at the 79th
convention in Phoenix, 1971. Passed to the higher life, March 10,1973.
JOSEPH H. MERRILL
Lily Dale, New York
Sixth President: Elected Secre
tary at the 69th convention, Houston,
Texas 1961; re-elected at the 72nd
convention, Indianapolis, Ind. for a
period of three years; re-elected at
the 75th convention, Buffalo, N.Y.;
re-elected for three years at the 78th
convention, Houston, Texas; re
signed as Secretary at the 79th con
vention, Phoenix, Arizona, 1971 and
was elected as Vice-President at the
79th convention, Phoenix and was
holding that office at the time of the
passing of the President Rev. Robert
J. Macdonald in 1973. Appointed by
the N.S.A.C. Board at the spring
Board meeting of 1973 to be
President until the convention in
October when the delegates at the
81st convention, Los Angeles, Cali
fornia elected Mr. Merrill to fill the unexpired term o f one year. Elected
at the 82nd convention, 1974, Indianapolis, Indiana for the full three
year term. Re-elected for a full three year term at the 85th convention,
Daytona Beach, Florida, 1977.
This Manual is designed to be a Handbook

for Ministers, Speakers and Students, but its use
is discretionary with them. It is hoped that Spir
itualists generally will find it helpful in present
ing the teachings of Spiritualism ; and that in sec
tions of our country where there are few spirit
ualists, and no Mediums or Speakers, it will
be an aid to w illing workers in holding regular
meetings and other services, exclusive of mar
riage.
N A T IO N A L S P IR IT U A L IS T A SS O C IA T IO N
OF CHURCHES
of the
U N IT E D ST A T E S O F A M ER ICA
Education with its reasoning Light has come in these later days to the great
help and advantage of Spiritualist Mediums, it has helped them to realize the
stabilizing value of moderation in their expression of mediumship, so that the
deteriorating influence of promiscuous or selfish exploitation is no longer
permitted. The Fact of Life Continuous has long been proven, and there would
seem to be little value in seeking new forms of Mediumship, or variations in
the present forms. They have continued unaltered since the beginning of
recorded History as the Bibles of the World amply prove. Spiritualist Mediums
are being unfolded today in greater numbers than before but with a very
significant difference, they are unfolding their particular faculty, and
preserving it as a God-given development; they are showing the World a way
of Life that the people of the world need.
Robert J. Macdonald
13
Constitutional Convention
National Spiritualist Association
The National Spiritualist Association of the U. S. A. was
organized in Chicago, 111., in 1893. The first convention of the
Association was held at No. 77 Thirty-first Street, Chicago, on
Sept. 27th, 28th, 29th of that year.
The convention was called to order by Milan C. Edson of
Washington, D. C., at 12:40 P.M., Sept. 27th. After the reading of
the call for the convention, Milan C. Edson, who was chairman of the
calling committee and Robert A. Dimmick, secretary, were elected
temporary chairman and secretary of the convention.
Pursuant to the recommendation of the committee on nomina
tions, the following were elected permanent officers of the conven
tion: Harrison D. Barrett, of Lily Dale, N. Y., chairman; Hon. L. V.
Moulton, of Grand Rapids, Mich., Vice-President; W. H. Bach, of
St. Paul, Minn., Secretary.
When the time arrived for the election of officers, Harrison D.
Barrett was elected President by acclamation. Mrs. Cora L. V. Rich
mond, of Chicago, was elected Vice-President, by the unanimous
ballot of the convention.
Two names having been placed in nomination for Secretary,
namely, Robert A. Dimmick and E. B. Fairchild, ballots were pre
pared and the number of votes cast by the delegates was 162. O f
those Robert A. Dimmick received 91 votes and E. B. Fairchild 71
votes. R. A. Dimmick was declared elected.
The unanimous ballot of the convention was then cast by the
Secretary for Theodore J. Mayer for the office of Treasurer.
Milan C. Edson was then elected by acclamation as First Trustee.
James B. Townsend was unanimously elected Second Trustee.
Mrs. I. N. Sloper of California, upon ballot being taken, was
declared elected Third Trustee, the vote afterwards being made
unanimous.
Mrs. Marion H. Skidmore of Lily Dale, N. Y., was elected by
acclamation as Fourth Trustee.
Geo. P. Colby of Lake Helen, Fla., was unanimously elected
Fifth Trustee.
15
SP IR IT U A L IST MANUAL
16
Conventions of
National Spiritualist Association of Churches

W here Held
And Officers Elected
Treasurer
President
Secretary
Harrison D. Barrett
1 Chicago, 1893
Robert A. Dimmick
Theodore J. Mayer
Harrison D. Barrett
2 Washington, 1894
Francis B. Woodbury
Theodore J. Mayer
Harrison D. Barrett
3 Washington, 1895
Francis B. Woodbury
Theodore J. Mayer
Harrison D. Barrett
4 Washington, 1896
Francis B. Woodbury
George S. Clendaniel
Harrison D. Barrett
5 Washington, 1897
Francis B. Woodbury George S. Clendaniel
6
Harrison D. Barrett
Washington, 1898
Theodore J. Mayer
Mary T. Longley
Harrison D. Barrett
7 Chicago, 1899
Mary T. Longley
Theodore J. Mayer
Harrison D. Barrett
8 Cleveland, 1900
Mary T. Longley
Theodore J. Mayer
Harrison D. Barrett
9 Washington, 1901
Mary T. Longley
Theodore J. Mayer
Harrison D. Barrett
10 Boston, 1902
Mary T. Longley
Theodore J. Mayer
Harrison D. Barrett
11 Washington, 1903
Mary T. Longley
Theodore J. Mayer
Harrison D. Barrett
12 St. Louis, 1904

Mary T. Longley
Theodore J. Mayer
Harrison D. Barrett
13 Minneapolis, 1905
Mary T. Longley
Theodore J. Mayer
Harrison D. Barrett
14 Chicago, 1906
Mary T. Longley
Theodore J. Mayer
Cassius L. Stevens
CO N V EN TIO N S
President
Secretary
17
T reasurer
15
Washington, 1907
George W. Kates
Cassius L. Stevens
Dr. George B. Warne
Dr. George B. Warne
Dr. George B. Warne
16
Indianapolis, 1908
Cassius L. Stevens
George W. Kates
17 Rochester, 1909
George W. Kates
18 San Francisco, 1910

George W. Kates
Dr. George B. Warne
Cassius L. Stevens
Cassius L. Stevens
Dr. George B. Warne
19 St. Louis, 1911

George W. Kates
Cassius L. Stevens
Dr. George B. Warne
20 Dallas, 1912
George W. Kates
Cassius L. Stevens
Dr. George B. Warne
21 Chicago, 1913
George W. Kates
Cassius L. Stevens
Dr. George B. Warne
22 Boston, 1914
George W. Kates
Cassius L. Stevens
Dr. George B. Warne
23 Rochester, 1915
George W. Kates
Cassius L. Stevens
Dr. George B. Warne
24 St. Paul, 1916

George W. Kates
Cassius L. Stevens
Dr. George B. Warne
25
New York, 1917
Cassius L. Stevens
George W. Kates
Dr. George B. Warne
26 St. Louis, 1918

No Convention held.
George W. Kates
Dr. George B. Warne
27
Pittsburgh, 1919
Cassius L. Stevens
George W. Kates
Dr. George B. Warne
28
Columbus, 1920
Cassius L. Stevens
George W. Kates
Cassius L. Stevens
Dr. George B. Warne
29
Detroit, 1921
George W. Kates
Cassius L. Stevens
Dr. George B. Warne
30
Chicago, 1922
Harry P. Strack
Cassius L. Stevens
18
CO N V E N TIO N S
President
Secretary
Dr. George B. Warne
31 Buffalo, 1923
Harry P. Strack
32
Dr. George B. Warne

Joseph P. Whitwell
Joseph P. Whitwell
Los Angeles, 1924

Harry P. Strack
33 Milwaukee, 1925
Harry P. Strack
34 Toledo, 1926
Harry P. Strack
35
Treasurer
Cassius L. Stevens
Cassius L. Stevens
F. W. Constantine
F. W. Constantine
San Antonio, 1927

Harry P. Strack
F. W. Constantine
Joseph P. Whitwell
Indianapolis, 1928
Harry P. Strack
F. W. Constantine
Joseph P. Whitwell
37 Boston, 1929
Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
Joseph P. Whitwell
38 Detroit, 1930
Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
Joseph P. Whitwell
36
Joseph P. Whitwell
39 Kansas City, 1931

Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
Joseph P. Whitwell
40 Chicago, 1932
Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
Joseph P. Whitwell
41 Pittsburgh, 1933
Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
Joseph P. Whitwell
42 Syracuse, 1934
Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
Joseph P. Whitwell
43 Cleveland, 1935
Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
Joseph P. Whitwell
44
Milwaukee, 1936
Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
Joseph P. Whitwell
45 Fort Worth, 1937

Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
46
Joseph P. Whitwell
Indianapolis, 1938
Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
CO N V E N TIO N S
President
Secretary
19
Treasurer
Joseph P. Whitwell
47 Detroit, 1939
Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
Joseph P. Whitwell
48 Chicago, 1940
Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
Joseph P. Whitwell
49 Los Angeles, 1941

Harry P. Strack
Frank Joseph
Joseph P. Whitwell
50 Rochester, 1942
Harry P. Strack
Emil C. Reichel
Joseph P. Whitwell
51 Chicago, 1943
Harry P. Strack
Emil C. Reichel
Charles R. Smith
52 St. Louis, 1944

Harry P. Strack
Emil C. Reichel
Charles R. Smith
53 Columbus, 1945
Harry P. Strack
Emil C. Reichel
Charles R. Smith
54 Seattle, 1946
Emil C. Reichel
Harold P. Courtney
Charles R. Smith
55 Detroit, 1947
Emil C. Reichel
Harold P. Courtney
Charles R. Smith
56 Milwaukee, 1948
Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
Charles R. Smith
57 San Antonio, 1949

Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
Charles R. Smith
58 Boston, 1950
Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
Charles R. Smith
59 Indianapolis, 1951
Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
Charles R. Smith
60 Tulsa, 1952
Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
Charles R. Smith
61 Kansas City, 1953

Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
Charles R. Smith
62 Buffalo, 1954
Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
20
President
Charles R. Smith
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Robert J. Macdonald
Joseph H. Merrill
Joseph H. Merrill
Joseph H. Merrill
Joseph H. Merrill
Joseph H. Merrill
Joseph H. Merrill
Joseph H. Merrill
CON V EN TION S
Secretary
Treasurer
63 Seattle, 1955
Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
64 Philadelphia, 1956
Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
65 Portland, 1957
Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
66 New York, 1958
Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
67 Chicago, 1959
Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
68 Detroit, 1960
Emil C. Reichel
Clyde A. Dibble
69 Houston, 1961
Joseph H. Merrill
Clyde A. Dibble
70 Denver, 1962
Joseph H. Merrill
Clyde A. Dibble
71 Columbus, 1963
Joseph H. Merrill
Clyde A. Dibble
Joseph H. Merrill
Clyde A. Dibble
73 Detroit, 1965
Joseph H. Merrill
Ralph D. Cutlip, Sr.
74 St. Louis, 1966
Joseph H. Merrill
75 Buffalo, 1967
Joseph H. Merrill
76 Denver, 1968
Joseph H. Merrill
77 Miami, 1969
Joseph H. Merrill
78 Houston, 1970
Joseph H. Merrill
79 Phoenix, 1971
Edwin Ford
80 Columbus, 1972
Edwin Ford
81 Los Angeles, 1973
Edwin Ford
Edwin Ford
83 Syracuse, New York, 1975
Ivamay Stockwell
Edwin Ford
84 Phoenix, Arizona, 1976
Edwin Ford
Ivamay Stockwell
85 Daytona Beach, Florida, 1977
Alice M . Hull
Edwin Ford
86 Rochester, New York, 1978
Edwin Ford
Alice M. Hull
87 Indianapolis, Indiana, 1979
Edwin Ford
Alice M. Hull
O FFIC E R S
21
Officers Who Have Been Elected or Appointed and Who Have

Served as Trustees of the
NATIONAL SPIRITUALIST ASSOCIATION OF CHURCHES
HARRISON D. BARRETT
First President of the N.S.A.: Elected President at the first con
vention, held in Chicago, 111., in 1893. Re-elected each succeeding
year up to and including the year 1906.
Passed into the higher life at Canaan, Maine, Jan. 12, 1911, at the
age of 47 years.
DR. GEORGE B. WARNE
Chicago, 111.
Second President of the N.S.A.: Elected Vice-President at the
11th annual convention, held in Washington, D.C., 1903- Re-elected
Vice-President at each succeeding convention up to and including the
year 1906.
Elected President at the 15th annual convention, held in
Washington, D.C., 1907, and annually thereafter until 1920, when
under the changed constitution he was elected for a term o f three
years at the 28th convention, Columbus, Ohio, 1920 and re-elected for
a term of three years at the 31st convention, Buffalo, N.Y., 1923.
Passed to the higher life during his last term of office January 22,
1925.
JOSEPH P.WHITWELL
St. Paul, Minn.
Third President of the N.S.A.: Elected Trustee at the nineteenth
annual convention in St. Louis, Mo., in 1911- Was elected
Vice-President at the twentieth convention in Dallas, Texas, in 1912,
and was re-elected annually thereafter until 1920, when under the
changed constitution he was elected for a term of three years. He was
again re-elected for a term of three years at the thirty-first annual
convention at Buffalo, N.Y., in 1923.
On the transition of the President, Doctor George B. Warne,
January 22, 1925, Mr. Whitwell was elected President by the Board.
At the 33rd annual convention held in Milwaukee he was elected
President for one year to fill out the unexpired term o f Dr. George B.
Warne.
At the 34th annual convention, held in Toledo, Ohio, 1926 and at
each of the following conventions, Mr. Whitwell was re-elected to
office for a term of three years 37th convention in Boston, 1929,
40th in Chicago, 1932, 43rd in Cleveland, 1935; 46th in Indianapolis,
1938; 49th in Los Angeles, 1941. Retired 52nd convention St. Louis,
1944 and elected President Emeritus; passed to the higher life June
10, 1956.
22
O FFIC E R S
CHARLES R. SMITH
Milwaukee, Wis.
Fourth President N.S.A.C.: Elected Trustee at the 40th annual
convention in Chicago, III., 1932, fora term of three years. Re-elected
as Trustee at the 43rd convention in Cleveland, 1935. On the passing
of Vice-President Rev. Thomas Grimshaw, January 1, 1938, was
elected by the Board to fill the unexpired term. Was re-elected as
Vice-President for a term of three years at each of the following
named conventions: 46th convention, Indianapolis, Ind., 1938; 49tn
convention, Los Angeles, Calif., 1941.
Elected President 52nd convention, St. Louis, Mo., 1944; re
elected 55th convention, Detroit, Mich., 1947; re-elected 58th
convention, Boston, Mass., 1950; re-elected 61st convention Kansas
City, Mo., 1953; passed to the higher life December 21, 1955.
ROBERTJ. MACDONALD
Cassadaga, Florida
Fifth President N.S.A.C.: Vice-President: appointed by the
National Board on the passing of Rev. A. Cervin, November 7, 1940.
Elected for one year to fill out unexpired term o f Rev. A. Cervin, at
forty-ninth convention, Los Angeles, Calif., 1941, re-elected for a
term of three years at fiftieth convention, Rochester, N.Y., 1942.
Resigned as trustee at the 52nd convention, St. Louis, Mo., 1944, and
elected Vice-President for a term of three years; re-elected 55th
convention, Detroit, Mich., 1947; re-elected 58th convention, Boston,
Mass., 1950; re-elected 6lst convention, Kansas City, 1953; elected
by the Board as President in 1956 on the passing o f Rev. Charles R.
Smith. Elected President for a term of three years at the 64th
convention, Philadelphia, 1956; re-elected in 1959 at the 67th
convention, Chicago, 111., for a term of three years; re-elected for a
term of three years at the 70th convention, Denver, Colorado.in 1962;
re-elected for a term of three years at the 73rd convention, Detroit,
Mich., 1965. Re-elected for three years at the 76th convention,
Denver, Colorado, 1968. Re-elected for a three year term at the 79th
Annual Convention in Phoenix, Arizona, 1971. Passed to the higher
life March 10, 1973.
JOSEPH H. MERRILL
Lily Dale, New York
Sixth President N.S.A.C.: Elected Secretary for a term of three
years at the 69th convention, Houston, Texas, 1961; re-elected for a
three year term at the 72nd convention, Indianapolis, 1964.
Re-elected for a three year term at the 75th convention, Buffalo, 1967.
Re-elected for a three year term at the 78th convention, Houston,
1970. Elected Vice-President for a term of three years at the 79th
convention, Phoenix, Arizona, 1971. On the passing of Rev. Robert J.
Macdonald, Mr. Merrill was appointed by the N.S.A.C. Board at the
spring Board meeting, 1973 to fill the office of President. Elected for
the unexpired term of one year at the 81st convention, Los Angeles.
Re-elected at the 82nd convention, Indianapolis for the full three year
term. Re-elected for a full three year term at the 85th convention,
Daytona Beach, Florida, 1977.
O FFIC E R S
23
CORA L. V. RICHMOND
Vice-President: Elected at the first convention in Chicago, 111.,
1893. Served as Vice-President for five years, being re-elected 1894,
1895, 1896, 1899.
HON. A. H. DAILY
Brooklyn, N. Y.
Vice-President: Elected at the sixth convention in Washington,
D.C., 1898. Served in that office for one term.
H. W. RICHARDSON
East Aurora, N.Y.
Vice-President: Elected at the seventh convention in Chicago, 111.,
1899. Served in that office for one year.
HON. THOS. M. LOCKE
Philadelphia, Pa.
Vice-President: Elected at the eighth convention in Cleveland,
Ohio, 1900. Served three terms, being re-elected 1901, 1902.
HON. CHAS. R. SCHIRM
Baltimore, Md.
Vice-President: Elected at the fifteenth convention in Washing
ton, D.C., 1907. Served for five years, being re-elected each
succeeding year up to and including the convention of 1911.
DR. B. F. CLARK
Indianapolis, Ind.
Vice-President: Elected Trustee at thirty-ninth annual convention,
Kansas City, Mo., 1931, for a term of three years and re-elected for a
term of three years at each of the following named conventions:
forty-second, Syracuse, N.Y., 1934; forty-fifth, Fort Worth, Texas,
1937; forty-eighth, Chicago, 111., 1940; fifty-first, Chicago, 111. Elected
for a term of three years at the 58th, Boston, Mass., 1950. Re-elected
at the 61st, Kansas City, Mo., 1953; elected by the Board as
Vice-President in 1956 and passed to the higher life November 7,
1957.
24
THOMAS GRIMSHAW
St. Louis, Mo.
Vice-President: Elected Trustee at the eleventh convention
Washington, D.C., 1903, was re-elected in 1904, 1905, 1906. He was
again elected as Trustee in 1908 and at each succeeding convention
up to and including 1916. Was again elected in 1920 for a term of one
year. At the twenty-ninth convention in Detroit, 1921, he was elected
for a term of three years and was re-elected at the thirty-second
convention in Los Angeles, 1924, for a term o f three years.
On the passing of President Doctor George B. Wame, January 22,
1925, Rev. Thomas Grimshaw was elected Vice-President by the
Board. At the thirty-third annual convention held in Milwaukee,
Wis., 1925, he was elected Vice-President, for one year, to fill out the
unexpired term of Joseph P. Whitwell.
At the 34th annual convention, held in Toledo, Ohio, 1926 and at
each of the following named conventions, Mr. Grimshaw was
re-elected to office for a term of three years: 37th convention in
Boston, 1929; 40th convention in Chicago, 1932; 43rd convention in
Cleveland, 1935.
Mr. Grimshaw passed into the higher life during his last term of
office on January 1, 1938, at the age of seventy-one years.
HUGH GORDON BURROUGHS
Washington, D.C.
Vice-President: Elected Trustee for one year at the 52nd
convention, St. Louis, Mo., 1944, to fill unexpirea term o f Rev. R.J.
Macdonald and re-elected at the 53rd, Columbus, Ohio, 1945, for a
term of three years. Re-elected at the 59th Indianapolis, Ind., 1951.
Re-elected at the 62nd, Buffalo, N.Y., 1954; resigned as Trustee and
appointed as Vice-President by the Board in 1957 to fill the unexpired
term of Dr. B. F. Clark; elected as Vice-President for a full three year
term at the 67th convention, Chicago, 1959; re-elected to a three year
term at the 70th convention, Denver, 1962; re-elected for three years
at the 73rd convention, Detroit, 1965; re-elected for a term of three
years at the 76th convention, Denver, Colorado. Passed to higher life
August, 1971.
ERNST A. SCHOENFELD
Chicago, 111.
Vice-President: Appointed by the Board to fill a vacancy,
December 31, 1957; elected at the 71st convention, Columbus, 1963;
re-elected fora three year term at the 72nd convention, Indianapolis,
1964. Re-elected for a three year term at the 75th convention, Buffalo,
1967. Re-elected for a three year term at the 78th convention,
Houston, 1970. Elected Vice-President for a one year term at the 81st
convention, Los Angeles. Re-elected for a full three year term at the
82nd convention, Indianapolis, 1974. Re-elected for a full three year
term at the 85th convention, Daytona Beach, Florida, 1977.
O FFICER S
25
ROBERTA. DIMMICK
Washington, D.C.
Secretary: Elected at the first convention in Chicago, 111., 1893,
and served tor one year.
FRANCIS B. WOODBURY
Roxbury, Mass.
Secretary: Elected at second convention in Washington, D.C.,
1894 and served four terms, being re-elected in 1895, 1896, 1897.
MARY T. LONGLEY
Los Angeles, Calif.
Secretary: Elected at the sixth convention in Washington, D.C.,
1898. She served for nine years, being re-elected at each succeeding
convention up to and including the fourteenth convention in Chicago,
111., in 1906. The following year she was elected Trustee at the
fifteenth convention in Washington, D.C., serving as Trustee for one
year.
GEORGE W. KATES
Rochester, N.Y.
Secretary: Elected Trustee at the nineth convention in
Washington, D.C., 1901, was re-elected at Boston in 1902.
Secretary: Elected at the fifteenth convention in Washington,
D.C., 1907 and annually thereafter until 1920, when, under the
changed constitution, he was elected for a term o f two years, but
passed to the higher life on September 5, 1922.
I.C.I. Evans was appointed Acting Secretary for the unexpired
term.
HARRY P. STRACK
Sandusky, Ohio
Secretary: Elected at the thirtieth annual convention in Chicago,
1922. He was re-elected to office for a term of three years at each of
the following named conventions: 33rd convention in Milwaukee,
Wis., 1925; 36th convention in Indianapolis, Ind., 1928; 39th
convention in Kansas City, Mo., 1931; 42na convention in Syracuse,
1934; 45th convention in Fort Worth, Texas, 1937; 48th convention in
Chicago, 111., 1940; 51st convention in Chicago, 111., 1943; passed to
the higher life, June 1,1946.
26
SP IR ITU A L IST MANUAL
EMILC. REICHEL
Milwaukee, Wis.
Secretary: Elected Treasurer for a term of three years at the
fiftieth annual convention, Rochester, N.Y., 1942. Re-elected 53rd
convention, Columbus, Ohio, 1945. Resigned at 54th convention,
Seattle, Washington, 1946 and elected Secretary for a term of three
years. Re-elected 57th convention San Antonio, Texas, 1949; re
elected 60th convention Tulsa, Okla., 1952; re-elected for a term of
three vears at the 63rd convention, Seattle, Wash., 1955; re-elected
fora three year term at the 66th convention, New York, 1958; retired
from the office at the conclusion of his term; passed to the higher life
April 26, 1967.
IVAMAY STOCKWELL
Cassadage, Florida
Secretary: Appointed by the N.S.A.C. Board April 16, 1975.
Elected secretary at the 83rd convention, Syracuse. New York 1975 for
an unexpired term of one year. Re-elected for a full three year term
at the 84th convention, Phoenix, Arizona, 1976. Resigned her office
March 1, 1977.
ALICE M. HULL
Cassadaga, Florida
Appointed secretary by the N.S.A.C. Board of Trustees March 1,
1977. Elected Secretary at the 85th convention, Daytona Beach,
Florida, 1977 for an unexpired term of two years. Re-elected for a full
three year term at the 87th convention, Indianapolis, Indiana, 1979.
THEODOREJ. MAYER
Washington, D.C.
Treasurer: Elected at the first convention in Chicago, 111., 1893,
was re-elected at the conventions of 1894 and 1895.
Later he was again elected Treasurer at the sixth convention in
Washington, D.C., 1898 and was re-elected at each succeeding
convention up to and including the convention of 1906.
Mr. Mayer passed into the higher life on March 12, 1907. Mr.
Cassius L. Stevens was appointed by the Board to fill the unexpired
term of office.
O FFICE R S
27
GEORGE S. CLENDANIEL
Washington, D.C.
Treasurer: Elected at the fourth convention, in Washington, D.C.,
1896 and was re-elected in 1897.
CASSIUS L. STEVENS
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Treasurer: Elected Trustee at the eighth convention in Cleveland,
Ohio, in 1900; was re-elected at each succeeding convention up to and
including 1906. In March, 1907, he was appointed by the Board to fill
out the unexpired term of Theodore J. Mayer, Treasurer, who passed
into the higher life March 12, 1907.
Elected Treasurer at the fifteenth convention, in Washington,
D.C., in 1907 and annually thereafter until 1921, when under the
changed constitution he was elected for a term of three years, being
again re-elected for a term of three years at the thirty-second
convention in Los Angeles, Calif., in 1924, but passed into the higher
life April 30, 1925.
FREDERICK W. CONSTANTINE
Buffalo, N.Y.
Treasurer: Elected Trustee at the thirty-second convention in Los
Angeles, Calif., 1924, for a term of three years.
On the passing of Treasurer Stevens April 30, 1925, he was
appointed Treasurer by the Board.
He was elected Treasurer at the Milwaukee convention in 1925 for
a term of two years, and re-elected at the San Antonio convention in
1927 for a term of three years, but resigned from office at the time of
the thirty-seventh convention, Boston, 1929.
FRANKJOSEPH
Chicago, 111.
Treasurer: Elected for one year at the thirty-seventh annual
convention, Boston, Mass., 1929, to fill out the unexpired term of
Fred W. Constantine (resigned) and was re-elected for a term of three
years at each of the following named conventions: thirty-eighth
convention, Detroit, Mich., 1930; forty-first convention, Pittsburgh,
Pa., 1933; forty-fourth convention, Milwaukee, Wis., 1936; fortyseventh convention, Detroit, Mich., 1939-
28
O FFICE R S
HAROLD P. COURTNEY
Los Angeles, Calf.
Treasurer: Elected Trustee at thirty-third annual convention,
Milwaukee, Wis., 1925, for a term of three years and re-elected at
each of the following named conventions: thirty-sixth convention,
Indianapolis, Ind., 1928; thirty-ninth convention, Kansas City, Mo.,
1931; forty-second convention, Syracuse, N.Y., 1934; forty-fifth con
vention, Fort Worth, Texas, 1937; forty-eighth convention, Chicago,
1940; fifty-first convention, Chicago, 1943. Elected Treasurer 54th
convention, Seattle, Washington, 1946, for term of three years.
EDNOTN FORD
Phoenix, Arizona
Treasurer: Elected at 79th convention, Phoenix, to fill unexpired
term of Ralph D. Cutlip, Sr. Re-elected at the 80th convention,
Columbus, 1972 fora three year term. Re-elected for a full three year
term at the 83rd convention, Syracuse, New York, 1975. Re-elected for
a full three year term at the 86th convention, Rochester, New York,
1978.
MILAN C. EDSON
Washington, D.C.
Trustee: Elected at the first convention, Chicago, 111., 1893. He
served for three years, being re-elected, 1894 and 1895.
JAMES B. TOWNSEND
Lima, Ohio
Trustee: Elected at the first convention, Chicago, 111., in 1893; he
served for two terms, being re-elected in 1894.
ELIZABETH SLOPER
San Francisco, Calif.
Trustee: Elected at the first convention, Chicago, 111., 1893, but in
April, 1894, resigned. Olive A. Blodgett of Davenport, Iowa, was
appointed to fill the vacancy.
MARION H. SKIDMORE
Lily Dale, N.Y.
Trustee: Elected at the first convention, Chicago, 111., 1893, and
served for one term..
O FFICE R S
29
GEORGE P. COLBY
Lake Helen, Fla.
Trustee: Elected at the first convention, Chicago, 111., 1893, but on
December 21, 1893, resigned from office. B. B. Hill o f Philadelphia
was appointed by the Board to fill the vacancy.
B.B. HILL
Philadelphia, Pa.
Trustee: Appointed by the Board as Trustee to fill out term of
George P. Colby, who had resigned; was elected Trustee at the
second convention in Washington, D.C., 1894 and was re-elected in
1895.
HON. L. V. MOULTON
Grand Rapids, Mich.
Trustee: Elected at the second convention, Washington, D.C.,
1894; he served four terms, being re-elected in 1895, 1896, 1897.
OLIVE A. BLODGETT
Davenport, Iowa
Trustee: Elected at the second convention in Washington, D.C.,
1894. Shortly after being elected Mrs. Blodgett passed into the higher
life.
Mrs. F. C. Stinehart, Dubuque, Iowa, was appointed by the Board
April, 1895, to fill the vacancy.
GEORGE A. FULLER
Worcester, Mass.
Trustee: Elected at the third convention in Washington, D.C.,
1895, he served for three terms, being re-elected in 1896, 1897.
ABBY L. PETTENGILL
Cleveland, Ohio
Trustee: Elected at the third convention in Washington, D.C.,
1895, was re-elected in 1896.
FREDERICK FICKEY, JR.
Baltimore, Md.
Trustee: Elected at the fourth convention, Washington, D.C., in
1896.
30
O FFICE R S
HENRY STEINBERG
Washington, D.C.
Trustee: Elected at the fourth convention, Washington, D.C.,
1896.
ALLEN FRANKLIN BROWN

San Antonio, Texas
Trustee: Elected at the fifth convention, Washington, D.C., 1897.
served two terms, being re-elected in 1898.
H. W. RICHARDSON
East Aurora, N.Y.
Trustee: Elected at the fifth convention in Washington, D.C.,
1897.
COL. C. N. STOCKWELL
Nashville, Tenn.
Trustee: Elected at the fifth convention, Washington, D.C., 1897.
D.P. DEWEY
Grand Blanc, Mich.
Trustee: Elected at the sixth convention, Washington, D.C., 1898;
he served for three terms, being re-elected in 1899, 1900.
C. D. PRUDEN
Minneapolis, Minn.
Trustee: Elected at the sixth convention, Washington, D.C., 1898,
served five terms, being re-elected in 1899, 1900, 1901, 1902.
MILTON C. BARNARD
Washington, D.C.
Trustee: Elected at the sixth convention, Washington, D.C., 1898,
but declined to serve.
I.C.I. Evans of Washington, D.C., was appointed by the Board to
fill the vacancy.
O FFICER S
31
ERVIN A. RICE
Chicago, 111.
Trustee: Elected at the sixth convention, Washington, D.C., 1898.
Later he resigned and Mrs. Emma Nickerson Warne was appointed
by the Board to fill the vacancy.
I.C.I. EVANS
Washington, D.C.
Trustee: Appointed by the Board in 1898 to fill the term of Milton
C. Barnard, who declined to serve; he was elected Trustee at the
seventh convention, Chicago, 111., 1899 and annually thereafter until
1921, when under the changed constitution he was elected at the
twenty-ninth convention, Detroit, Mich., 1921, for a term of three
years.
ALONZO M. THOMPSON
Fullerton, Neb.
Trustee: Elected at the seventh convention, Chicago, 111., 1899,
served five successive terms, being re-elected 1900, 1901, 1902, 1903-
F. W. BOND
Willoughby, Ohio
Trustee: Elected at the seventh convention, Chicago, 111., 1899,
served as Trustee for one year.
CARRIE E. S. TWING
Westfield, N.Y.
Trustee: Elected at the eleventh convention, Washington, D.C.,
served four terms, being re-elected 1904, 1905, 1906.
STEPHEN D. DYE
Los Angeles, Calif.
Trustee: Elected at the twelfth convention, St. Louis, Mo., 1904;
he was re-elected in 1905, but passed to the higher life during his
second term o f office. Arthur S. Howe was appointed to fill the
vacancy.
ARTHUR S. HOWE
Los Angeles, Calif.
Trustee: After filling out the unexpired term of Stephen D. Dye,
deceased, was elected Trustee at the fourth convention, Chicago, 111.,
1906.
32
O FFICE R S
JOHN S. MAXWELL
Minneapolis, Minn.
Trustee: Elected at fifteenth convention, Washington, D.C., 1907,
served four terms, being re-elected 1908, 1909, 1910 and was again
re-elected by the San Antonio convention 1927 for a term of three
years. (Passed to the higher life August 11, 1929.)
ELIZABETH HARLOW GOETZ

Haydenville, Mass.
Trustee: Elected as Elizabeth Harlow at the fifteenth convention
in Washington, D.C., 1907, was re-elected in 1908, 1909As Mrs. Elizabeth Harlow Goetz, she was again elected Trustee at
the eighteenth convention in San Francisco, Calif., 1910 and was
re-elected at each succeeding convention up to and including
twenty-seventh convention, Pittsburgh, 1919On the passing of Treasurer Stevens, April 30, 1925, Mrs. E. H.
Goetz was again appointed Trustee by the Board and was re-elected
at the Milwaukee convention, 1925, for two years.
On the passing of Rev. Elizabeth Schauss on June 13, 1937, she
was appointed Trustee by the Board and was unanimously elected at
the forty-fifth annual convention, Fort Worth, 1937 to fill the
unexpired term of two years of Rev. Schauss and was re-elected at the
forty-seventh convention, Detroit, 1939, for a term o f three years.
ALFONSO W. BELDEN
San Diego, Calif.
Trustee: Elected at the fifteenth convention, Washington, D.C.,
1907; he served for four terms, being re-elected in 1908, 1909, 1910.
He was again elected in 1911, nut resigned at the close of the
convention. Josephine A. Bruer, Sterling, Kansas, was appointed to
fill the vacancy.
ALONZO M. GRIFFIN
Chicago, 111.
Trustee: Elected at the twentieth convention, Dallas, Texas, 1912,
and annually thereafter until 1920, when under the changed
constitution he was elected for a term of three years and was again
re-elected for a term of three years at the thirty-first convention
Buffalo, N.Y., in 1923. Passed away on the floor of the thirty-fifth
annual convention, San Antonio, Texas, October 12, 1927.
DR. OTTO VIERL1NG

St. Louis, Mo.
Trustee: Elected at twentieth convention, Dallas, Texas, 1912,
served three terms, being re-elected 1913, 1914. Passed away St.
Louis, Mo., October 1, 1943.
O FFICER S
33
DELVON A. HERRICK
Rochester, N.Y.
Trustee: Elected at the twenty-third convention, Rochester, N.Y.,
1915 and annually thereafter until 1920, when under the changed
constitution he was deleted for a term of two years and again
re-elected at the thirtieth convention, Chicago, 111., 1922, fora term of
three years. Passed away, Los Angeles, Calif., January 14, 1938.
HON. MARK A. BARWISE

Bangor, Maine
Trustee: Elected at the twenty-fifth convention, New York City,
1917 and annually thereafter until 1920, when under the changed
constitution he was deleted for a term of two years and was re-elected
at each of the following conventions for a term of three years,
thirtieth, Chicago, 1922, thirty-third, Milwaukee, 1925, thirty-sixth,
Indianapolis, 1928. Passed away June 3, 1937, Bangor, Maine.
ELIZABETH SCHAUSS
Toledo, Ohio
Trustee: Appointed by the Board to fill vacancy occasioned by the
passing of Dr. George B. Warne, President, January 22, 1925.
Elected by the Milwaukee convention, 1925 for a term of two years
and re-elected for a term of three years at each of the following
conventions, thirty-fifth, San Antonio, 1927; thirty-eighth, Detroit,
1930; forty-first, Pittsburgh, 1933; forty-fourth, Milwaukee, 1936.
Passed away during her last term of office, June 13, 1937, Toledo,
Ohio.
FRED E. STIVERS
Los Angeles, Calif.
Trustee: Elected at thirty-fourth annual convention,Toledo,Ohio,
1926, for a term of three years and re-elected at the thirty-seventh
convention, Boston, 1929, for a term of three years. Passed away, Los
Angeles, December 7, 1937.
A. CERVIN
Taylor, Texas
Trustee: Elected at the thirty-eighth annual convention, Detroit,
1930, for a term of three years and re-elected for a term of three years
at each of the following conventions, forty-first, Pittsburgh, Pa.,
1933; forty-fourth, Milwaukee, 1936; forty-seventh, Detroit, 1939.
Passed away during his term of office, November 7, 1940.
34
O F F IC E R S
JOHN R. NORGRAVE
Roxbury, Mass.
Trustee: Elected at thirty-seventh annual convention, Boston,
Mass., 1929, for one year to fill out unexpired term o f John S.
Maxwell, who passed away August 11, 1929-
J.C. BUCHHOLZ
Columbus, Ohio
Trustee: Elected by the National Board on the passing of Rev.
Thomas Grimshaw, January 1, 1938 and re-elected for a term of three
years at each of the following named conventions: forty-sixth,
Indianapolis, Ind., 1938; forty-ninth, Los Angeles, Calif., 1941.
(Resigned to serve in the Armed Forces October, 1943.)
RUSSELS. WALDORF
Springfield, Ohio
Trustee: Elected for a term of one year to fill out the unexpired
term of J.C. Buchholz (resigned), at fifty-first convention, Chicago,
111., 1943. Re-elected at fifty-second convention, St. Louis, Mo., 1944
and at fifty-fifth, Detroit, Mich., 1947, for a term of three years.
VICTORIA BARNES, M.D.

Chicago, 111.
Trustee: Elected for a term of three years at the 50th annual
convention, Rochester, N.Y., 1942. Re-elected at the 56th,
Milwaukee, Wis., 1948. Re-elected at the 59th, Indianapolis, Ind.,
1951. Re-elected at the 62nd, Buffalo, N.Y., 1954; re-elected for a
three year term at the 65th convention, Portland, Me., 1957;
re-elected at the 68th convention, Detroit, Mich., I960 for a three
year term; passed to the higher life September 2, 1961.
ARTHUR A. MYERS
Cassadaga, Florida
Trustee: Elected at the 54th convention, Seattle, Wash., 1946, for
a term of three years. Re-elected at the 57th, San Antonio, Texas,
1949; re-elected at the60th, Tulsa, Okla., 1952; re-elected for a three
year term at the 63rd convention, Seattle, Wash., 1955; re-elected for
a three year term at the 69th convention, Houston, Texas, 1961;
re-elected for a three year term at the 72nd convention, Buffalo, 1967;
re-elected for a three year term at the 76th convention, Houston,
Texas, 1970. Passed to higher life, May, 1972.
O FFICER S
35
PETER EVERT
Fenton, Mich.
Trustee: Elected at the 54th convention Seattle, Wash., 1946.
Re-elected at the 57th, San Antonio, Texas.
JOHN H. CUDDY
Tulsa, Okla.
Trustee: Elected for a term of three years at the 60th convention,
Tulsa, Okla., 1952; re-elected at the 63rd convention, Seattle, Wash.,
1955; re-elected for a three year term at the 66th convention. New
York, 1958; re-elected for a three year term at the 69th convention,
Houston, Texas, 1961; passed to the higher life October 9, 1962.
JEANNETTEJ. KNEPPRATH
Milwaukee, Wis.
Trustee: Appointed by the Board to fill the unexpired term of Dr.
B.F. Clark, 1956; elected at the 67th convention, Chicago, 1959, for a
three year term; re-elected for a term of three years at the 70th
convention, Denver, 1962; re-elected for a three year term at the 73rd
convention, Detroit, 1965. Re-elected for a three year term at 76th
convention, Denver, 1968. Re-elected to a three year term at the 79th
convention, Phoenix, Arizona, 1971. Passed to the higher life August
11, 1974.
EVELYN MUSE
Edinburg, Texas
Trustee: Elected at the 69th convention, Houston,1961 to fill the
unexpired term of Dr. Barnes; re-elected for a full three year term at
the 71st convention, Columbus, 1963; re-elected for a three year term
at the 74th convention, Buffalo, 1967. Re-elected for a term of three
years at the 77th convention, Miami, 1969- Re-elected at the 80th
convention,Columbus, 1972. Re-elected for a full three year term at the
83rd convention, Syracuse, New York, 1975. Re-elected for a full three
year term at the 86th convention, Rochester, New York, 1978.
WALTER HOLDER
Phoenix, Arizona
Trustee: Elected for a one year term at the 73rd convention,
Detroit, 1965; re-elected to a full three year term at the 74th
convention, St. Louis, 1966; re-elected for a three year term at the
77th convention, Miami, 1959. Passed to the higher life July 14, 1972.
W ILLIA M MELICK
Indianapolis, Indiana
Trustee: Elected for a three year term at the 80th convention,
Columbus, 1972. Re-elected for a full three year term at the 83rd
convention, Syracuse, New York, 1975. Re-elected for a full three year
term at the 86th convention, Rochester, New York, 1978.
36
O FFICE R S
CLYDE A. DIBBLE
Burlingame, Calif.
Trustee: Elected Treasurer at the 56th annual convention,
Milwaukee, Wis., for a term of three years; re-elected at the 59th
convention, Indianapolis, Ind.; re-elected at the 62nd convention,
Buffalo, N.Y.,1954; re-elected at the 65th convention, Portland, Me.,
1957; re-elected for a term of three years at the 68th convention,
Detroit, I960; re-elected to a term of three years at the 71st
convention, Columbus, 1963; resigned from office in 1965. Elected to
the office of Trustee for one year at the 80th convention, Columbus,
1972.Re-elected to a three year term at the 81st convention, Los
Angeles, 1973. Re-elected for a full three year term at the 84th
convention, Phoenix, Arizona, 1976.
D. MONA BERRY
Cassadage, Florida
Trustee: Appointed as Trustee by the N.S.A.C. Board mid-term,
1972. Elected for a three year term at the 81st convention, Los Angeles,
1973. Re-elected for a full three term at the 84th convention, Phoeniz,
Arizona, 1976. Re-elected for a full three term at the 87th convention,
Indianapolis, Indiana, 1979.
JOSPEHSAX
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
Trustee: Elected for a three year term at the 82nd convention,
Indianapolis, Indiana, 1974. Re-eiected for a full three year term at the
85th convention, Daytona Beach, Florida, 1977.
RALPH D. CUTLIP, SR.

Ashtabula, Ohio
Secretary: Elected as Trustee for a two year term at the 66th
convention, New York, New York, 1958; re-elected for a full three year
term at the 68th convention, Detroit, Mich., I960; re-elected for three
years at the 71st convention, Columbus, Ohio, 1963; resigned as trustee
at the 73rd convention, Detroit Mich., 1965 and was elected Treasurer
for a term of one year to fill the unexpired term of Clyde A. Dibble;
re-elected for three years at the 74th convention, St. Louis, Mo., 1966.
Re-elected for three years at the 77th Convention, Miami, Florida,
1969. Resigned from office 1971. Elected Secretary at the 79th
Convention, Phoenix, Arizona, 1971 for an unexpired term of two
years. Re-elected for three years at the 81st convention, Los Angeles,
1973. Resigned bis office April 16, 1975. Trustee: Elected for a full
three year term at the 87th convention, Indianapolis, Indiana, 1979.
N O T E : T h e t w e n t y - s i x t h a n n u a l c o n v e n t i o n o f 1918, w h i c h w a s c a l l e d t o m e e t at St.
L o u i s , Mo., w a s n o t h e l d .
O w i n g t o an e p i d e m i c o f i n f l u e n z a in t h e c i t y , s c h o o l s an d c h u r c h e s w e r e c l o s e d
and all p u b l ic m e e t in g s w er e forbidden .
A s t h e r e c o u l d b e n o c o n v e n t i o n h e l d , th e o f f i c e r s a n d t r u s t e e s h e l d o f f i c e u n t i l
the fo l l o w i n g annual co n v e n tio n .
Declaration of Principles
Adopted by the
National Spiritualist Association of Churches
Sec. 1-6, Chicago, III., October, 1899
Sec. 7-8, Rochester, October, 1909
Sec. 9, St. Louis. Mo.. October, 1944
1. We believe in Infinite Intelligence.
2. We believe that the phenomena of nature, both physical
and spiritual, are the expression of Infinite Intelligence.
3. We affirm that a correct understanding of such expression
and living in accordance therewith constitute true religion.
4. We affirm that the existence and personal identity of the
individual continue after the change called death.
5. We affirm that communication with the so-called dead is a
fact, scientifically proven by the phenomena of Spiritualism.
6. We believe that the highest morality is contained in the
Golden R ule: Whatsoever ye would that others should do unto you,
do ye also unto them.
7. We affirm the moral responsibility of the individual and
that he makes his own happiness or unhappiness as he obeys or
disobeys Natures physical and spiritual laws.
8. We affirm that the doorway to reformation is never closed
against any human soul here or hereafter.
9. We affirm that the Precepts of Prophecy contained in the
Bible are a divine attribute proven through Mediumship.
37
IN T E R P R E T A T IO N
Declaration of Principles
By JO SE P H P. W H IT W E L L
1. By this we express our belief in a supreme Impersonal
Power, everywhere present, manifesting as life, through all forms of
organized matter, called by some, God, by others, Spirit and by
Spiritualists, Infinite Intelligence.
2. In this manner we express our belief in the immanence of
Spirit and that all forms of life are manifestations of Spirit or
Infinite Intelligence, and thus that all men are children of God.
3. A correct understanding of the laws of nature On the physi
cal, mental and spiritual planes of life and living in accordance
therewith will unfold the highest aspirations and attributes of the
Soul, which is the correct function of True Religion.
4. Life here and life hereafter is all one life whose continuity
of consciousness is unbroken by that mere change in form whose
process we call death. Lilian Whiting.
5. Spirit communication has been in evidence in all ages of the
world and is amply recorded in both sacred and profane literature of
all ages. Orthodoxy has accepted these manifestations and has
.interpreted them in dogma and creed in terms of the supernatural.
Spiritualism accepts and recognizes these manifestations and inter
prets them in the understanding and light of Natural Law.
6. This precept we believe to be true. It points the way to har
mony, peace and happiness. Wherever tried it has proven successful
and when fully understood and practiced, will bring peace and happi
ness to man on earth.
7. Man himself is responsible for the welfare of the world in
which he lives; for its welfare or its misery, for its happiness or un
happiness and if he is to obtain Heaven upon Earth, he must learn
to make that heaven, for himself and for others. Individually,
man is responsible for his own spiritual growth and welfare. Sins
and wrong-doing must be outgrown and overcome. Virtue and love
38
39
IN T E R P R E T A T IO N S, continued
of good must take their place. Spiritual growth and advancement
must be attained by aspiration and personal striving. Vicarious
atonement has no place in the philosophy of Spiritualism. Each
one must carry his own cross to Calvarys Heights in the over
coming of wrong-doing and replacing them with the right.
8. We discard entirely the terrible wrong and illogical teachings
of eternal damnation and in place thereof we accept and present for
consideration of thinking people the thought of the continuity of life
beyond the change called death.
A natural life, where the opportunity for growth and progress
to better, higher and more spiritual conditions are open to all, even
as they are here on the earth plane of life. We accept no such teach
ing as a Hell Fire, but we do teach that sin and wrong-doing
will necessarily bring remorse and suffering that would be difficult
to describe in words and which can only be relieved by the indi
viduals own efforts if not here, then in the hereafter. If we make
our own lives better while here and that of our neighbors happier
we shall unfold that happiness or heaven on earth which we shall
carry with us into the Spirit World.
9. W e thus affirm our belief in and acceptance of the truths
which are contained in the Bible and assert that Prophecy and
Mediumship are not unique nor of recent occurrence alone, but they
are universal, everlasting and have been witnessed and observed in
all ages of the world.
Definitions
A d o p t e d b y th e
N a t io n a l S p ir it u a lis t A s s o c ia t io n o f C h u r c h e s
October 9 1914, October 24 1919, October 24 1951

1. Spiritualism is the Science, Philosophy and Religion of
continuous life, based upon the demonstrated fact of communica
tion, by means of mediumship, with those who live in the Spirit
World.
2. A Spiritualist is one who believes, as the basis of his or her
religion, in the communication between this and the spirit world
by means of mediumship and who endeavors to mould his or her
character and conduct in accordance with the highest teachings de
rived from such communication.
3. A Medium is one whose organism is sensitive to vibrations
from the spirit world and through whose instrumentality, intelli
gences in that world are able to convey messages and produce the
phenomena of Spiritualism.
4. A Spiritualist healer is one who, either through his own
inherent powers or through his mediumship, is able to impart vital,
curative force to pathologic conditions.
5. The Phenomena of Spiritualism consists of Prophecy, Clair
voyance, Clairaudience, Gift of Tongues, Laying on of Hands,
Healing, Visions, Trance, Apports, Levitation, Raps, Automatic
and Independant Writings and Paintings, Voice, Materialization,
Photography, Psychometry and any other manifestation proving
the continuity of life as demonstrated through the Physical and
Spiritual senses and faculties of man.
Spiritualism Is a Science because it investigates, analyzes
and classifies facts and manifestations demonstrated from the spirit
side of life.
Spiritualism Is a Philosophy because it studies the laws of
nature both on the seen and unseen sides of life and bases its con
clusions upon present observed facts. It accepts statements of
observed facts of past ages and conclusions drawn therefrom, when
sustained by reason and by results of observed facts of the present day.
Spiritualism Is a Religion because it strives to understand
and to comply with the Physical, Mental and Spiritual Laws of
Nature, "which are the laws of God.
40
What Spiritualism Is and Does

It teaches personal responsibility.
It removes all fear of death, which is really the portal of the
spirit world.
It teaches that death is not the cessation of life, but mere change
of condition.
It teaches, not that a man has a soul, but that man is a soul
and has a body.
That man is a spiritual being now, even while encased in flesh.
That as man sows on earth he reaps in the life to come.
That those who have passed on are conscious not asleep.
That communion between the living and the dead is scien
tifically proved.
It thus brings comfort to the bereaved, and alleviates sorrow.
Spiritualism is the Science, Philosophy and Religion of con
tinuous life, based upon the demonstrated fact of communication, by
means of mediumship, with those who live in the Spirit World.
It brings to the surface mans spiritual gifts, such as inspiration,
clairvoyance, clairaudience and healing powers.
It teaches that the spark of divinity dwells in all.
That as a flower gradually unfolds in beauty, so the spirit of
man unfolds and develops in the spirit spheres.
Spiritualism is Gods message to mortals, declaring that There
Is No Death. That all who have passed on still live. That there
is hope in the life beyond for the most sinful.
That every soul will progress through the ages to heights, sub
lime and glorious, where God Is Love and Love Is God.
It is a manifestation, a demonstration and a proof of the con
tinuity of life and of the truth of the many Spirit manifestations
recorded in the Christian Bible.
It demonstrates the many spiritual gifts with which mankind
is endowed but which through want of knowledge have been allowed
to lie dormant, or through prejudice have been violently and unjustly
suppressed.
41
42
OBJECTS
Objects
- The object of the organized movement of Spiritualism as
represented by the National Spiritualist Association of Churches
may be stated in part as follow s:
To teach the truths and principles expressed in the Declaration
of Principles and in the Definitions of SPIRITU ALISM , A
SPIR ITU A L IST, A M EDIU M and A SP IR ITU A L IST
HEALER, as adopted by the National Spiritualist Association of
Churches of the United States of America,
T o teach and proclaim the science, philosophy and religion of
modern Spiritualism, to encourage lectures on all subjects pertaining
to the spiritual and secular welfare of mankind. To protest against
every attempt to compel mankind to worship God in any particular
or prescribed manner. To advocate and promote spiritual healing
and to protect and encourage spiritual teachers and mediums in all
laudable efforts in giving evidence or proof to mankind of a con
tinued intercourse and relationship between the living and the socalled dead. To encourage every person in holding present beliefs
always open to re-statement as growing thought and investigation
reveal new truth, thereby leaving every individual free to follow the
dictates of reason and conscience in spiritual as in secular affairs.
43
Naturalness of Mediumship
From the earliest revelations of man that have come down to us,
writers have been bold in ascribing their talk and interviews with
spirits, angels and God. They seem to distinguish between good and
bad spirits and place the angels on a somewhat higher plane than that
of the spirits. May it not be possible that these writers, with the
unfoldment which had come to them, mistook their clairvoyant
visions of exalted spirits that had progressed for angels even for
God? May it not be that those so-called inspired writers were, in
reality, what today we would call advanced mediums who dedicate
their psychic gifts to truth? When passive, mediums have waited for
some spirit from the spirit realm to reach their consciousness and
over and over again other spirits than those expected have entered
their aura, claiming to be this or that one and given messages of
strange and confusing nature. Well-developed mediums who cling
close to truth learn how to prevent these spirits from controlling or
confusing them by directly asking aid from the guides whom they
have learned are worthy o f absolute trust. Unfortunately, there are
many mediums who, in a trance state, open wide their door for any
spirit to enter. Such mediums bring to the sitter often the strangest
and most unintelligible messages. I have sometimes felt that those
undeveloped, undisciplined mediums were the sport of the lower
spirits who had ascended from mortals passed from the earth
plane before they had learned anything of the depth and beauty of
meaning reflected from the lives of those representing progressive
humanity.
Floyd B. Wilson in M a n L im itless.''
Philosophy of Spiritualism
(In Brief)
Infinite Intelligence
Infinite Intelligence pervades and controls the universe, is with
out shape or form and is impersonal, omnipresent and omnipotent.
The Universe: Its Origin and Government

The origin of the universe, for all practical purposes, may be
said to be unknown and without special bearing on moral conduct.
The universe is an aggregation of forces and matter, which always
moves and acts in the same manner under the same conditions
and is not capriciously governed.
The Evolution of Man

Man is a spiritual being, evolved from the lower forms of life,
up through the period of consciousness, to the state of the higher
moral and spiritual faculties, which survive, unaffected, the decom
position of the physical body.
Mans Duty on Earth

The whole duty of man in his mortal life consists in taking the
first steps in the attainment of knowledge and in gradually develop
ing his character and nature to harmonize with the fully unfolded
spiritual state. This duty compasses the entire conduct of man,
mentally, morally and spiritually.
Brotherhood of Man
By virtue of similar qualities, conditions, wants and aspirations,
mankind is a brotherhood; and in this life, at least, cannot escape the
good or evil effects of contact and conversation. It is, therefore,
necessary that this brotherhood be promoted by the more fortunate
ones for the betterment and upliftment of the less fortunate.
44
45
Mans Individuality
In the spirit world man retains his individuality and the unfoldment of his mental, moral and spiritual faculties is continued
indefinitely by processes not unlike the manner pertaining to this
world.
Matter and Spirit Always Co-related

As matter and spirit are in conjunction in man, so are they
found co-related throughout the universe. Spirit is able to manifest
only through substance.
Music and Harmony

Harmony, or the Music of the Spheres, as it is sometimes called
is the direct result of Spirit in definite harmonious action.
The planes of action seem to be arranged and expressed, much
as the octaves on the musical key board.
Between certain points of rhythm we get certain quality of tone
in all its variations.
Starting with the octave, based on natural C, the octave above
or below produces the quality of tone that is expresssed in the rhythm
of its higher or lower pitch and thus produces its own tone, not
out of harmony with the first, but when rightly placed, blending
in perfect harmony with the first.
So the plane of life, referred to as Spirit Life, or Spirit World,
is an expression of life and power, manifesting under perfectly natural
laws, in a higher sphere or rhythm of expression than that of the
Mortal Plane.
Mortal Life, being analogous to the octave based on natural C,
we realize that the vibration of the Spirit World is the direct result
of Spirit, in definite action, on a higher pitch or rhythm than that
of the Mortal Plane.
There is an octave below the one we call Mortal Life which
is known as the world of "Microscopic Life which is as tangible
and real as life in any of its manifestations. This octave is the lower
pitch or rhythm.
All of these octaves melt and blend in perfect harmony for the
individual who is in a high mental and spiritual attitude and con
dition. He is then At One with them all and grows conscious of
each and it is then that he realizes that All This Boundless Uni
verse Is Life, and There Are No Dead.
46
P H IL O SO P H Y O F SPIR ITU A LISM
Mans Moral Status After Death

After the spirit has severed its relations with the physical body,
mans moral status is the same as immediately before the change
and he enters into a high or low estate according to his attainments,
in this world. By a subtle law both the good and the evil he has
done are fairly weighed; he himself holds the scales and renders the
judgment.
Earthly Deeds Affect Spiritual Existence

Good deeds, springing from a good heart, have a creative force
in building pleasant abodes in spirit life, and conversely the sinful
create their own unhappy habitations. The wicked must compensate
for their evil deeds, here or hereafter and attain a state of justice
before they are prepared to enter upon the path which leads to
spiritual happiness and progression.
Spirit Manifestations
The inhabitants of the spirit world, under proper conditions,
have the power to and many do, return to this world and manifest
themselves in various ways, from a mental suggestion to a visual
appearance. They sometimes take possession of the brain of sensi
tive mortals and function through them mentally and physically.
The extent to which this can be done depends upon the knowledge
of the controlling spirit and the kind and degree of mediumistic
qualities possessed by the sensitive.
Spirit Communications to Be Tested

Communications from the spirit world are not necessarily infalli
ble truths, but may partake of the imperfections of the mind from
which they emanate and of the channels through which they come,
and are, moreover, subject to misinterpretation by those to whom
they are given.
No inspired communication, in this or any past age, whatever
claims may be or have been set up as to its source, is authoritative
beyond the truth it expresses to the person to whom it is given.
Truth is the standard by which all inspired and all spiritual teach
ings must be tested. There were false as well as true prophets in
Old Testament times, as well as in the present age.
47
Inspiration Perpetual
Inspiration, or the influx of ideas and promptings from the
spirit world, is not a miracle of a past age, but a perpetual fact,
the ceaseless method of Infinite Intelligence for human elevation.
Mediumship
Mediumship does not depend upon belief or goodness. It has
been manifested in all ages, to men of all faiths, to the good, the
bad and the indifferent. Goodness and character are the result
of individual effort, self control and earnest desire. The truths of
Spiritualism have been established after much questioning, much
examination, much comparison and much testing. They have come
for many years through mediums all over the globe and from many
different spiritual sources, with wonderful unanimity; and they sat
isfy our reason and our sense of justice.
Children Grow in the Spirit World

Children and other persons passing over before they have
reached their full stature, grow to the full stature in the spirit world;
but they are able, by the exercise of will power, to make their appear
ance, in size and form, as it was at the time of their passing. These
laws apply also to the babe who dies physically unborn.
Happiness Attainable by All

All dwellers in the spirit world who are willing may attain
a state of complete happiness, but in cases of some evil-doers much
suffering must be endured before they can free their imaginations
from the scenes of their evil deeds or their souls from the sense
of guilt. Spiritual happiness does not depend primarily upon belief
or creed, but upon character. Salvation from the results of sin is
not a gift; it must be worked out by the individual with the aid of
such advice and instruction as others may give.
Purpose of Spirit Life

The purpose of life in the spirit world is to unfold the mental,
moral and spiritual faculties; to study the works of nature, to help
perverse and undeveloped spirits out of their low condition, to min
ister to earths children, either through influence directly exerted
or through the instrumentality of mediums, to enjoy the fellowship
of kindred minds and to share the sweetness of pure love; in short,
to complete the individualization of the human soul.
48
P H IL O SO P H Y O F SPIR ITU A LISM
Hiding Mans Divinity

The Gods, having stolen from man his divinity, met in council
to discuss where they should hide it. One suggested that it be carried
to the other side of the earth and buried; but it was pointed out that
man is a great wanderer and that he might find the lost treasure on
the other side of the earth. Another proposed that it be dropped into
the depths of the sea; but the same fear was expressed that man,
in his insatiable curiosity, might dive deep enough to find it even
there. Finally, after a space of silence, the oldest and wisest of the
Gods said: Hide it in man himself as that is last place he will
ever think to look for it. And it was agreed, all seeing its subtle and
wise strategy.
Man wandered over the earth for ages, searching in all places,
high and low, far and near, before he thought to look within himself
for the divinity he sought. At last, slowly, dimly, he began to realize
that what he thought was far off, hidden in "the pathos of distance
is nearer than the breath he breathes, even in his own heart.
J. F. NEWTON.
Definition of Clairvoyance
N O T E: Clairvoyance literally means CLEAR SEEING, but in Spirit
ualism it has a technical meaning anil refers to psychic sight. Clairvoy
ance may be cither SUBJECTIVE or OBJECTIVE. It is often difficult,
if not altogether impossible, for even the clairvoyant to distinguish be
tween the two.
Six definitions of clairvoyance are here given, to-wit Subjective,
Objective, X-Ray, Cataleptic, Trance-Control and Telepathic Clairvoy
ance. The first two definitions pertain to the two distinct forms of
clairvoyance; the other four deal with phases of these two forms.
is that psychic condition of a

human being, who thereby becomes a medium, which enables spirit
intelligences, through the manipulation of the nerve centers of sight,
to impress or photograph upon the brain of the medium, pictures and
images which are seen as visions by the medium without the aid of
the physical eye. These pictures and images may be of the things
spiritual or material, past or present, remote or near, hidden or un
covered, or they may have their existence simply in the conception
o r imagination o f the spirit communicating them.
1.
S u b je c t iv e
c la ir v o y a n c e
2. O b j e c t i v e c l a i r v o y a n c e is that psychic power or function

of seeing, objectively, spiritual beings, objects and things by and
through the spiritual sensorium which pervades the physical mechan
ism of vision, without which objective clairvoyance would be impos
sible. A few persons are born with this power; in some it is devel
oped, and in others it has but a casual quickening. Its extent is
governed by the rate of vibration under which it operates; thus, one
clairvoyant may see objectively spiritual things which to another
may be invisible, because of the degree of difference in the intensity
of the power.
3. X - R a y c l a i r v o y a n c e is a form of clairvoyance which par
takes of the characteristics of the X-Ray, and seems to be objective.
The clairvoyant who possesses this power is able to see physical ob
jects through intervening physical matter, can perceive the internal
parts of the human body, diagnose disease and observe the operations
of healing and decay.
occurs when the body is in a

trance state, resembling sleep, induced by hypnotic power exercised
by an incarnate or decarnate spirit, or it may be self-induced. When
in this state, the spirit leave the body, and is able at its own will or
4.
C a ta le p tic c la ir v o y a n c e
49
50
D E F IN IT IO N O F CLAIRVOY ANCE
the suggestion of the hypnotist to travel to remote places and to see

clearly what is transpiring in the places it visits and to observe spir
itual as well as material things in its environment. While in this
state it sometimes happens that the thoughts of the spirit in its travels
are expressed by the lips of the physical body, and that thought
waves are conveyed to it through the physical body. This may be
due to the fact that there is a spirit cord which connects the body and
the spirit and transmits vibrations between them. As long as this
cord is not severed, the spirit may return to the body, but should it
be severed, then what we call death would at once ensue. Under this
form of clairvoyance there is an interblending of subjective and
objective spiritual sight.
5. Trance-control clairvoyance is that psychic state under
which the control of the physical body of the medium is assumed by
a spirit of intelligence and the consciousness of the medium is, for the
time being, dethroned. In this case the controlling spirit is really the
clairvoyant and simply uses the mediums body as a means of com
municating what the spirit sees and, therefore, the question of sub
jective or objective spiritual sight, in so far the medium is con
cerned, cannot be raised. T o some persons who go to mediums for
consultations and who may become witnesses in trials at law, it may
not be known that under the trance control the medium is, to all intents
and purposes, absent; therefore, in dealing with definitions of clair
voyance to be used for enlightenment of judges and jurors, it seemed
necessary for the protection of mediums to explain what is here
termed trance-control clairvoyance.
6. Telepathic clairvoyance is the subjective perception in
picture form of thought transmitted from a distance.
Definition of
Spiritual Healing, Etc.
Adopted by N. S. A. (now N.S.A.C.) Convention, Rochester, N. Y., 1909
1. It is the sense of this convention that Spiritual Healing is a

gift possessed by certain Spiritualist mediums, and that this gift is
exercised by and through the direction and influence of excarnate
spiritual beings for the relief, cure and healing of both mental and
physicial diseases of humankind; and that the results of spiritual
healing are produced in several ways, to-wit:
(a) By the spiritual influences working through the body of
the medium and thus infusing curative, stimulating and vitalizing
fluids and energy into the diseased parts of the patients body.
(b) By the spiritual influences illuminating the brain of the
healing medium and thereby intensifying the perception of the me
dium so that the cause, nature and seat of the disease in the patient
become known to the medium.
(c) Through the application of absent treatments whereby
spiritual beings combine their own healing forces with the magnetism
and vitalizing energy of the medium and convey them to the patient
who is distant from the medium and cause them to be absorbed by
the system of the patient.
2. It is further the sense of this convention that Spiritual
Healing is recognized by the New Testament Scriptures and that it
has been a tenet of ancient and modern religions and that it has been
and is now a tenet of the religion of Spiritualism and is practiced by
and among Spiritualists in conformity with their religious belief and
knowledge of the power of spiritual agencies.
3. It is further the sense of this convention that great care and
caution should be exercised in determining whether an applicant for
a Healers Commission really possesses any of the phases of the gift
of Spiritual Healing to a sufficient degree to warrant the issuance of
a commission.
4. That no person to whom a Spiritual Healers Commission
may be issued shall advertise other than as a Spiritual Healer, un
less legally entitled to do so.
5. That it is further the sense of this convention that any
statute or ordinance which tends to resist or forbid the exercise of
Spiritual Healing is an invasion of the religious rights, privileges
and guarantees contained in the Federal Constitution.
51
Suggestion as a Healing Agency

Suggestion is destined to play an important role in the life of
many. Faith, hope, expectancy and belief are powerful therapeutic
agents. Thought is the basis of all actions. Man is dual, p ossess
ing a conscious and sub-conscious mind; sub-conscious life pre
sides over nutrition and is wonderfully influenced by the thoughts
generated in the conscious mind. Every thought we think has its
effect on every cell of the human body, either for health or disease.
Anger, fear, hatred, jealousy, and despair, depress vital action.
Faith, hope, happiness and kindness stimulate the life forces and
promote nutrition. Certainly an agent like this is worth reckoning
with. Through suggestion or the control of the mind, the most
wonderful results can be achieved in the destiny of the human race,
morally, intellectually and physically. Through the process of
evolution, from the remote cycles of time,cosmic consciousness has
been struggling upward and has finally produced an animal, man,
who has a rapidly developing brain. He is just entering upon the
exercise of this newly developed organ. A new era is just opening
up for the human family, the era of mind. Every man is what he
thinks. Thought messages of love sent in any direction come back
in sweet echoes. They are like light reflected and re-reflected in a
series of mirrors. Under proper conditions of life and healthy
thoughts, man p ossesses within his own body all essential anti
toxins to restore and maintain perfect health. Good living and
wholesome thoughts increase the v is m e d ic a t r ix naturae, and the
poisonous bacilli are destroyed as soon as they enter the body. The
contrary is also true; the feeling of fear, for instance, lessens the
vital action, obstructs the functions of all the glands, retards the
secretion of the gastric juice, diminishes the vitality of the red and
white corpuscles, the standing army of the body, and so the in
vading host of bacilli enter and take possession and destroy life.
How often the healthy self-poised physician enters the sick room
where the patient is crying with despair, and sinking under the bur
den of fear,and by his strong personality turns back the tide of fate,
changing defeat into victory, and saves the patients life. What
does this? Medicine, drugs, surgery? No, it is suggestion. There
is something in the practice of medicine beyond the mere giving of
drugs; even the puling infant feels it.
Healthful and harmonious
thoughts cool the fevered temperature and rouse the vitality, d is
sipate restlessness, bringing order out of chaos, and tend to cure
body and mind.
52
53
It is also important to consider, in connection with the fore

going, that by inspiring the patient with good thoughts, with ideas
of recovery, hope and cheerfulness, he is better prepared to re
ceive an influx of the strengthening and curative magnetic fluids
emanating from either incarnate or decarnate spirits. Furthermore,
when the patients mind is thus inspired, it is much easier for a
clairvoyant to perceive the seat and cause of the disease and to
receive from a spiritual source a knowledge of such additional
remedy as may be beneficially applied.
Trance and Inspirational Speaking

Trance
Trance is defined by Webster as a state in which the soul
seems to have passed into another state of being, or to be rapt in
visions; an ecstasy.
In the Acts of the Apostles, Chapter X, verses 9 and 10, it
is recorded that Peter went upon the housetop to pray and that he
became very hungry, and would have eaten; but while they made
ready he fell into a trance. And in Chapter XXII, verse 17, it is
recorded that Paul said of himself; that when he was come again
in Jerusalem, even while he prayed in the temple, he was in a trance.
Trance, as above defined and alluded to, is usually the result
of religious or other exaltation; sometimes, indeed, the artist, poet
or enraptured idealist really passes into a state of trance, in which
the spirit seems to be apart from the body. Noted instances in the
history of the words most advanced and imaginative minds seem
to support this idea.
T rance-Mediumship
This is a term introduced by the advent of Modern Spiritualism
to designate certain phases of mediumship, in which there is a total
unconsciousness on the part of the medium of events passing in the
mundane world. This state is superinduced by an external spirit
intelligence (a spirit which has once lived in mortal form), whose
personality becomes dominant and uses the organism of the medium
for the purposes of writing or speaking, usually the latter. In trancemediumship, the medium passes from a state of outward conscious
ness into one resembling natural sleep, without any writhing cata
leptic symptoms; although there are sometimes a few nervous or
muscular twitchings, which are the result of the adjustment of the
system of the medium to the forces of the entracing spirit. In this
sleep, or trance, there are always spiritual experiences apart from the
body, but they are very seldom retained.
It is a beautiful and pleasing state for the medium when the
consciousness has been transferred, during the period of enhance
ment, to another sphere of environment, where there is often a meet54
55
ing with friends who have passed from the mortal existence; and
it is particularly delightful to the medium when the recollection of
those surpassing experiences is not lost after the entrancement has
ceased. The medium has no remembrance of the message or address
given by the spirit through his or her organism, although the en
trancement may have lasted for hours and vast audiences been
instructed, comforted and encouraged by the speech of the con
trolling mind.
Compared to the whole number of the various kinds of me
diums, there are very few trance-mediums. They are not selected
according to any human standards of morality or belief, but with
reference to the work to be done and according to the law of spiritual
adaptation; and sometimes, as in cases of little children and unedu
cated adults, they are manifestly chosen to confound the wise.
Nevertheless, in the language of Hudson Tuttle, the highest ex
pression of mediumship is dependent on morality, intelligence and
spiritual purity.
Trance-mediumship better serves the purpose of the entranc
ing spirit and is a greater protection to the medium, without in any
way retarding or hindering the normal unfoldment of the faculties
of the medium. There are a number of reasons why this phase
of mediumship is superior for lectures and speeches, but only three
will be cited here:
First: Because, by removing the consciousness of the medium
from the scene of human activity there is protection from the audi
ence, which might be, and which certainly were, in the early years
of these manifestations, harshly critical and strongly antagonistic.
Second: Because the manifesting spirit is in this way better
able to express the ideas intended to be conveyed, which in many
instances, are novel, if not entirely new, and if the entrancement
were not total, the mind of the medium might be aroused to wonder
or speculation and thus interfere with the fluency and accuracy of
the speech.
Third: Because there is little or no nervous strain on the
mediums organism, while the speech is proceeding, as compared
with the strain on the ordinary speaker or as compared with that
which the medium would undergo if partially conscious and con
tinually questioning the verity of the statements made.
56
TRA N CE AND IN SPIR A TIO N A L SPEAK IN G
Trance-Mediumship Not Harmful

There is no uniformity of temperament or personality among
trance-mediums. They come from among all conditions and grades
of social and intellectual life. Many people have erroneously sup
posed that trance-mediumship causes a loss of individuality or that it
is followed by detrimental results to the mentality; but, as a matter
of fact, the best trance, as well as inspirational, speakers and medi
ums, are also the best unfolded otherwise. For these reasons:
First: The intelligences acting upon them are almost invari
ably of a superior character and, therefore, must mold the organism,
by constant use, for the expression of higher forms of thought.
Second: The relation of the medium to the manifesting in
telligence is that of pupil and teacher, sometimes that of a child
to a wise and loving parent, and sometimes both these relations
combined with a subtle and ennobling spirituality.
T hird: There is always a mutual spiritual relation, even
though the medium is not humanly conscious of it; and no one
can be a medium for the perfect expression of spirit messages or
discourses, who does not consent to the procedure and cooperate
with the manifesting spirit.
Fourth: As the master-musician improves the instrument he
plays upon, so, also a spirit controlling a human organism for the
purpose of expressing wholesome thought, imparts a greater power,
both to the brain and the spirit of the medium.
In many cases, especially where the medium has been chosen
in childhood or in early youth, before there were fixed habits of
erroneous speech, the entire education of the medium has been
undertaken by the spirit intelligences desiring to make the medium
their mouthpiece; but in cases where the habits of speech and
thought have become fixed, they are difficult to overcome, and some
times there remain permanent faults which are mistakenly attributed
to the lack of culture on the part of the spirit. There are, however,
cases where adults, during entrancement, have been made to express
scientific and exalted thought with perfect rhetoric; although the
medium was unlearned and mentally untrained, and some have
spoken perfectly both ancient and modern languages, with which
they were entirely unfamiliar.
57
Inspirational Speaking
Inspirational speaking is a form of mediumship in which the
medium is not rendered wholly unconscious. It varies from an
abstracted consciousness to a partial or intermittent cntrancement.
It this phase the spirit does not thoroughly control the nerve center
through which the organs of speech are manipulated, and, there
fore, only impinges upon the magnetic aura of the medium and wafts
its thoughts upon the brain, which acts as a sort of receiving station.
Sometimes inspirational speakers are influenced in the same
speech by several spirit intelligences and thus the speech itself
will be a combination of the thought of the speaker and the in
fluencing spirits.
CORA L. V. RICHMOND.
Definition of Prophecy
It may be well to consider the meaning of the word prophecy.
It is derived from the Greek word p r o p h e m i , pro meaning before,
and phemi, to say or tell. There is another word p r o p h e te u o , of
similar import, and derivation, and means, to prophecy, divine, fore
tell, predict, presage; to explain or apply prophecies. In Greek
classical literature, the word p r o p h e t means a declarer, foreteller,
diviner; a harbinger, a forerunner, a priest, teacher, instructor, inter
preter; a poet, a bard. All of these definitions carry with them
something of the idea of a character, whose mission is in some way
connected with the aspirations and longings of mankind.
The Standard Dictionary of 1902 defines prophecy as follows:
1. To predict or foretell, especially under divine inspiration
and guidance; to pre-figure; as, to prophesy evil. 2. T o speak or
utter for God. 3. To speak by divine influence, or as a medium of
communication between God and man. Specifically: T o speak to
men for G od ; declare or interpret the divine will. 4. To predict
future events by supernatural influence, real or professed: T o fore
tell the future; utter predictions, as, to prophesy a disaster.
5. (Archaic) T o interpret scripture; explain religious subjects,
preach; exhort.
Under the head of Synonyms, the Standard Dictionary gives:
Augur, divine, foretell, predict, prognosticate. Prophesy differs
from predict by assuming a claim to supernatural or divine in-
58
TRA N CE AND IN SP IR A T IO N A L SPEAKIN G
spiration. To prognosticate is to predict from observed signs, in

dications, or conditions. T o prophesy in the scriptural sense is to
utter religious truths under divine inspiration, not simply always
to foretell future events, but to warn, exhort, comfort, etc., by
special message or impulse from God.
This scriptural definition seems well adapted to the Spiritualist
sense of the word, when we interpret God to mean the Infinite Spirit
of Good. The verb prophesy is also used in the New Testament in
the sense of revealing something which had happened and was un
known to the person revealing it except through some so-called
supernatural source.
Prophecy
Spiritualism, as distinguished from spiritism, is a religion. The
philosophy of Spiritualism is based upon psychical phenomena.
Among the doctrines of Spiritualism is the belief that when the
spirit departs from the material body at death, it enters the spirit
world and is morally and intellectually no better nor worse than
it was immediately prior to its transition, and that the opportunities
for its progression are never denied, that the door to reformation is
never closed, that spirits in the spirit world are able, under certain
conditions, to communicate with spirits still incarnate and that many
of them do so.
It is the custom and practice of Spiritualists, in conformity
with their religious belief, to consult and hold communion with
spirits gone before, for several reasons:
First, to learn from them moral lessons. And these are some
times impressed as forcibly by those spirits who still inhabit the
lower spheres as by those who have advanced to higher ones; even
as we are, in this life, sometimes more quickly moved to moral effort
by the conditions and sufferings of the sinful than we are by the
precept and example of those who live pure and upright lives.
Second, to receive instructions from spirits in regard to the
laws, structure, and character of the spirit world; just as we would
try to learn of these things in regard to any country on this earth
to which we expected to travel.
Third, to hold communion with our beloved ones over there
for the mere pleasure that such communion imparts, in exchanging
assurance of continued love, just to do in this world, by visiting
and writing to the objects of our love and affection.
Fourth, to seek the advice of spirits in matters affecting our
mundane welfare. But in so doing, we do not accept their advice
as always infallibly correct, since we realize that the judgments,
points-of-view, and ability to foresee differ among the wise and
experienced denizens of the spirit world as they do among those
of this earth; however, we feel assured, from our own experiences
in holding converse with spirits, that they are often better qualified
to prophesy for us and have a keener insight into the future than
our earthly friends, and thus are often in a better position to give
59
60
PROPH ECY
us suggestions for our consideration in connection with our plans

and conduct for the future.
If we do not possess the psychic power ourselves to communi
cate directly with spiritual beings, we must do the next best thing
and find a medium whose psychic power or faculty is adapted to
our purpose. We do the same in matters wholly of this world.
When we seek advice from someone with whom we cannot directly
communicate, we first satisfy ourselves as to that persons qualifi
cations and then employ the best means of transmitting and re
transmitting ideas between us.
It may be said that we may err in our selection of advisers, as
well as in our means of intercommunication. And that is true, for
we are not endowed with perfect judgment even in selecting in this
life our medical or legal advisers, or our governmental representa
tives and officials, our business partners or our friends, or the
persons to advise us as to where we can get the best advice in a
given matter. And yet, the Spiritualist claims the right to act for
himself without let or hindrance from those who differ from him in
religious views. If he makes mistakes which cause him loss or
suffering, it must be remembered that even Jesus, with his extra
ordinary psychic powers, made a mistake when he selected Judas
Iscariot as one of the twelve. If it be said, that this seeming mis
take was part of a divine plan, then it may be also said that the
Spiritualists seeming mistakes may also be a part of a divine plan.
Prophecy has been practiced for many centuries in connection
with many r. iigions. There have, of course, been false prophets as
well as true prophets. But there are also good and bad men, honest
and dishonest, false and fair, in every human calling. The exist
ence of the false is no good or logical reason for attempting to hinder,
stifle or destroy the true and honest. Because there are imposters
and pseudo-mediums is no good reason for passing laws to silence
the voice of honest mediums. The false and dishonest persons en
gaged in any legitimate work or business are only a small percentage
of the whole number; and, therefore, it must appear an unwise
policy, nay more, an unjust and oppressive procedure, to legislate the
whole body out of their calling or employment because of the wrongs
of the few. There are always weeds or tares among the wheat.
Spirit Manifestations of the Bible

From Genesis to Revelation, the nearness of the spirit world,
and the intercommunication of spirits and mortals runs like a golden
strand.
Not only spirit communion, but every phase of the manifesta
tions distinctively known as Modern Spiritualism, is represented
on many occasions, often hundreds of years apart. This similarity
of expression shows that the same psychic laws held then as now,
and there has been no change. Spiritualism furnishes the key
whereby the mysteries of the Bible and its miracles are explained
with a clearness commentators have not been able to attain for
want of knowledge it furnishes. Though angels are understood to
be special creations, and spirits to have ascended through mortal
bodies, the words are used by the writers of the Bible as inter
changeable as shown by the following passages:
Yea, while I was speaking in prayer, even the man, Gabriel,
whom I had seen in the vision. Dan. ix-21. He previously says that
this spirit stood before me as the appearance of a man. Chapter
viii-15, He maketh his angels spirits, Psalms, civ-4; Luke places
departed spirits on a level with angels, xx-36: "Neither can they
die any more, for they are equal unto the angels, etc.
The terms are indiscriminately used: And as Peter knocked
at the gate, a damsel came to harken then said they it is his
angel (spirit). Acts xii-13,15: I am he that liveth and was
dead, and behold I am alive forever more. Rev. i-18: The soul
of man separated from his body. Matt, xiv-26; Luke xxiv-37.
Spiritual Body
"There is a natural body and a spiritual body. I Cor. xv-44.
Physical Manifestations
The angel unloosed Peter from chains in prison: When they
were past the first and second ward, they came to the iron gate
that leadeth into the city, which opened to them of its own accord,
and they went out. Acts xii-7-10.
And when they came unto Lehi, the Philistines shouted
against him, and the spirit of the Lord came mightily upon him,
and the cords that were upon his arms became as flax that was
61
62
S P IR IT M A N IFEST A TIO N S O F T H E BIBLE
burnt with fire, and his bands loosed from off his hands. Jud.
xv-14. A fine physical manifestation is recorded in Ex. xiv-25,
where the Lord Took off the chariot wheels of the Egyptians.
An angel went before them in a cloud. Ex. xiv-19. The moving
of a table now, is paralleled by an angel rolling back the stone from
the door of the sepulchre. Matt, xxviii-2.
Inspiration and Mediumship

"F or to one is given by the spirit the word of wisdom; to
another the word of knowledge by the same spirit. I Cor. xii-8.
And the spirit entered into me when he spake unto me, and set
me upon my feet, that I heard him that spake unto me. Ezek.
ii-2. T o whom has thou uttered words, and whose spirit came
from thee? Job xxvi-4.
Speaking Unknown Tongues

T o another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpre
tation of tongues. I Cor. xii-10. And they were filled with the
Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, as the spirit
(which controlled them) gave them utterance. Acts ii-4. If any
man speak in an unknown tongue, let it be by two or at most by
three, and that by course, and let one interpret. I Cor. xiv-2, 27.
If there was no interpreter they were to keep silent, for the
spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets. It appears that
they had a great deal of trouble in the meetings, or St. Paul would
not have cautioned them to have all things done decently and in
order.
Materialization, and Clairvoyant Appearances

An angel appeared to Hagar, Gen. xvi; three came to Abra
ham so perfectly materialized, that they did eat, Gen. xviii; and
again to restrain him from sacrificing his son; to Lot, Chap, xix;
an angel wrestled with Jacob, xxxii, 24; an angel spoke to all the
people, Jud. ii; came and sat under an oak and talked to Gideon,
Jud. vi; to Monoah, xii; the spirit of Samuel conversed with Saul,
I Sam. xxviii; an angel came to feed Elijah, I Kings xix-5-8;
protected the three Hebrew children from fire, Dan. iii. An angel
appeared to Joseph in a dream, Matt, i; Moses and Elias appeared
on the Mount; an angel appeared to the two Marys at the sepulchre;
63
to Zacharias, Luke i ; to Mary, Luke i ; to the shepherds, Luke i i ;

to Mary Magdalene, John xx; opened the prison doors, Acts v; to
Cornelius, Acts x ; to Peter in prison, Acts, x ii; to Paul in vision,
Acts xvi and xxvii; and see Deut. iv-12. A materialized book
was shown, Ezek. ii-9. Joshua saw and conversed with a spirit
who held a drawn sword in his hand, Josh, v-13; and in Amos, it
is said the "Lord stood upon a wall made by a plumb line with a
plumb line in his hand." Samuel appeared covered with a mantle.
A spirit appeared to Daniel clothed in linen, whose loins were
girded with fine gold. Dan. x. Feeding the multitude of 5,000 on
five loaves and two fishes. Luke ix, 12-17. Making wine at the
marriage feast. John ii, 1-9. And lastly the several materializations
of Christ after the crucifixion.
Trance
How he was caught up into Paradise and heard unspeakable
words which it is not lawful for man to utter. II Cor. xii-2, 4.
Like all those who have fallen into trance, he did not know whether
in the body, or out of the body. Which saw the vision of the
Almighty, falling into a trance, but having his eyes open. Num.
xxiv-16.
Ministry of Angels
And the angels ministered unto him. Mark i-13. And
the angel of God called to Hagar out of heaven, when she was
deserted in the wilderness. Gen. xxi-17. The angels of the Lord
encamp round about them that fear him, and delivereth them.
Psalm xxxiv-7. For he shall give his angels (spirits) charge over
thee, to keep thee in all thy ways. They shall bear thee up in their
hands, lest thou dash thy foot against a stone. Psalm xci-11, 12;
Matt, xxvi-53; Acts v-18, 19, and viii-26 to 29. A man (spirit)
appeared to Paul and said to him, come over into Macedonia and
help us. Acts xvi-9. Are they not all ministering spirits, sent
for to minister for them who shall be heirs to salvation? Heb.
i-14. Paul had a clear understanding of spiritual agencies. Like
wise the spirit also helpeth our infirmities. Rom. viii-26.
Direct Spirit Writing

On the walls of Babylon: In the same hour came forth
fingers of a mans hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon
64
SP IR IT M A N IFESTA TIO N S O F T H E BIBLE
the plaster of the wall of the kings palace, and the king saw the
part of the hand that wrote. Dan. v-5.
David received the plan of the temple from a spirit: And
the pattern of all he had by the Spirit, of the courts of the house
of the Lord. David gave to Solomon: I Chron. xxviii. The 19th
verse says: All this said David, the Lord made me understand
in writing by his hand upon me, even all the work of this pattern.
There came a writing to him (Jehoram) from Elijah the
prophet. II Chron. xxi-12. According to the chronology, Elijah
had been for some time dead, and hence it must have been by
his spirit.
Levitation
And when they were come up out of the water, the spirit
of the Lord caught away Philip and the eunuch saw him no more
but Philip was found at Azotus. Acts viii-39, 40. The mean
ing intended, evidently is that Philip was transported by spirit
power. This is clearly expressed in Ezek. iii-14. So the spirit
lifted me up and took me away. And more explicit, viii-3, And
he put forth the form of an hand, and took me by a lock of mine
head; and the spirit lifted me up between the earth and the heaven,
and brought me in the visions of God to Jerusalem,------------ .
I Kings xviii-12. Elisha causes iron to swim. II Kings vi-6.
Christ walked upon the sea. Mark vi-49.
Clairvoyance
Come see a man who told me all things I ever did: Is not
this the Christ? John iv-16 to 29. Stephen, Acts vii-55, 56.
Behold I see the heavens opened and the son of man standing
at the right hand of God. Paul was clairvoyant. Acts xxvii,
Samuel is consulted as a seer by Saul. I Sam. ix-10 to 20.
Clairaudience
And he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him:
Saul, why persecutest thou me? And the men which journeyed
with him stood speechless, hearing a voice but seeing no man.
Acts ix-4, 7. The apostles heard the voices of Moses and Elias on
the mount. Matt, xvii-3, 5; also Rev. i-10. Now the Lord has
told Samuel in his ear a day before Saul came. I Sam. ix-15, 16.
Peter hears a spirit voice, Acts x-13. See Zech, i-9, 13; ii-2, 7;
v-5-10; vi-4. Job is addressed by a spirit, iv-12 to 16.
65
Dreams and Visions

Often messages can be given during sleep that cannot be
given during the more positive state of waking. Then was the
secret revealed to Daniel in a vision. Dan. ii-19. See Matt, i-20,
ii-12; Acts ix-10, x-13; Gen. xv-12; xx-3, 7, xxxi-24, xii-7; Jud:
vii-13; Num. xii-6; Deut. ii-1; iv-10, 18; Job. iv-13, vii-14, xxxii-8;
I Sam. xxviii-6; Isa. xxix-8; Dan. ii-1, iv-18; Jer. xxvii; Joel ii-28;
Eccl. v-3; I Cor. xiv-15. The entire Book of Revelation is profes
sedly the utterance of one in trance.
Speaking Through Trumpets

Exo. xix-13, 16, 19; Rev. i-10.
Healing by Magnetised Articles or at a Distance

Take my staff in thine hand and go thy way and lay it on
the face of the child. II Kings iv-29; Acts xix-12.
Healing
They shall lay hands on the sick and they shall recover." Mark
xvi-18. And Jesus put forth his hand and touched him and
immediately his leprosy was cleansed. Matt, viii-3. Paul recovers
his sight. Acts ix-17; Peter cures the lame man, Acts iii-1 to 8;
Elisha restores the life of the Schunammite child. II Kings
iv-33-35; the leper is cured, II Kings, v-10, 11; healing the damsel,
Mark v-42. See Dan. x-18; Luke vii-21; viii-46; Mark v-30; vi-56;
I Kings xvii-19-22; Math, x-1; Luke x-9; James v-14, 15. Jesus
healed by magnetic touch: and the whole multitude sought to touch
him; for there went virtue out of him and healed them all. Luke
vi-19.
Independent Spirit Voices

Deut. ix-12, 13; I Sam. iii-3, 9; Ezek. 1-28; Math, xvii-5; John
xii-28-30; Acts vii-30-31, ix-4, 7; xi-7, 8, 9.
Lying Spirit
God used a lying spirit to persuade Ahab that he may go up
and fall at Ramoth-gilead, I Kings xxii-19-23.
66
SP IR IT M A N IFE STA TIO N S O F T H E BIBLE
Bible References
The Old and the New Testament contain many passages show
ing that prophecy was a recognized spiritual gift and one that was
sometimes falsely assumed or misused. A notable instance of false
prophecy is recorded in I Kings, Chap. X X II, wherein it is said that
God sent forth a spirit to be a lying spirit in the mouth of all of
Ahabs prophets, for the purpose of persuading Ahab to go up to
Ramoth-gilead, there to be killed in battle. Micaiah, true prophet,
exposed this deception, and for his fidelity was put in prison and fed
with the bread of affliction and with the water of affliction.
Spiritualists can not believe that the Infinite Spirit, whom men
call God, could be a party to a false communication and no more can
they believe that it was right to punish Micaiah.
Genesis
Chap. 16, 7th verse The angel of the Lord appears to Hagar
in the wilderness and comforts her.
Chap. 18, 2 to 8 verse The angel of the Lord (as three men)
appear to Abraham.
Chap. 19, 1st verse Two angels (previously referred to as
men) appear to Lot, and warn him to flee.
Chap. 28, 11-12 verses Jacobs vision of an angel ascending
and descending.
Chap. 32, 1-2 verses Angels meet Jacob.
Chap. 15, 12 verse Abraham goes in trance.
Chap. 16, 7 verse Angel of Lord appears to Hagar.
Chap. 24, 7 verse The Lord sends his angel before Abrahams
servant to help him select wife for Isaac.
Exodus
Chap. 3, 2 verse Angels speak to Moses out of the burning
bush.
Chap. 19, 16-19 verse The Lord speaks to Moses through the
trumpet. Moses spake and God answered him by a voice.
Chap. 23, 20-23 verse The Lord promises Moses an angel for
a guide.
Numbers
Chap. 9, 15-23 verse The Lord guides the Israelites by a cloud,
covering the tabernacle by day, and a pillar of fire by night.
67
Chap. 11, 25 verse The Lord came down in a cloud and spake
with Moses, took the spirit upon him and caused the seventy to
prophesy.
Chap. 22, 23 verse An angel appears to Balaams Ass; 31
verse, opens Balaams eyes and he sees an angel.
Joshua, Chap. 5, 13-15 verse Captain of the Hosts of the Lord
appears to Joshua.
Judges, Chap. 6, 11 verse An angel appears to Gideon and sits
and talks with him.
Samuel, Chap. 28, 12 verse Samuel appears to the woman of
Endor, and talks with Saul.
Kings, Chap. 19, 5-8 verse Angel touches, talks with, and
feeds Elijah.
Ezekiel, Chap. 2, 2 verse Spirit entrances Ezekiel.
Daniel, Chap. 3-24 verse Angel protects three men in fiery
furnace.
Daniel, Chap. 5, 5 verse The handwriting on the wall at Bel
shazzars feast.
Daniel, Chap. 10, 21-22 verse A man (spirit) appears, Gabriel
appears and talks with Daniel.
And it came to pass, that, when the spirit rested upon them, they
prophesied, and did not cease.
Numbers C. XI, v. 25.
From the 27th, 28th and 29th verses of the 11th chapter of
Numbers, we learn that two men upon whom the spirit rested, went
not out unto the tabernacle, but prophesied in the camp, and thereby
aroused some envious opposition. They did not exercise their spirit
ual gifts in the holy place, but were satisfied to do so among the
people in the camp. This seems to have been their offense. Parallels
can be found in this day. Mediums who prophesy, comfort, warn
and encourage, in the sanctity of their homes, are stamped as for
tunetellers and declared to be, by some of our laws, vagrants, vaga
bonds and disorderly persons, but when these same things are done
in churches and temples, a divine atmosphere, like that of the taber
nacle, is supposed to attach to the prophets or mediums and sanctify
their utterances. How Moses disposed of the matter we gather
from the following:
27.
And there ran a young man, and told Moses, and said,
Eldad and Medad do prophesy in the camp.
68
SP IR IT M A N IFEST A TIO N S O F T H E BIBLE
28. And Joshua, the son of Nun, the servant of Moses, one of
his young men answered and said m y l o r d , m o s e s , f o r b i d t h e m .
29. And Moses said unto him, Enviest thou for my sake?
WOULD GOD THAT ALL THE LORDS FEOPLE WERE PROPHETS, and that
the Lord would put his spirit upon them.
And he said. Hear now my words: If there be a p r o p h e t among
you, I the Lord will make myself known unto him in a vision, and
will speak unto him in a dream.
Numbers C. XII, v. 6.
Deborah, a p r o p h e t e s s , the wife of Lapidoth, she judged Israel.
Judges C, IV, v. 4.
Miriam, the sister of Aaron, was a
Exodus, C. XV. v. 20.
Woe unto the foolish prophets,
pr o ph e t e ss.
t h a t f o l l o w t h e ir o w n s p ir it
AND HAVE SEEN NOTHING.
Ezekiel, C. X III, v. 3.
Elisha, the prophet, that is in Israel telleth the King of Israel
THE WORDS THAT THOU SPEAKEST IN THY BEDCHAMBER.
II King. C. VI. v. 12.

When Hilkiah, the high priest, told Shaphan, the scribe, that he
had found the book of the law (which according to biblical students
had been lost for a thousand years), and Shaphan took it to the king,
the king commanded them to enquire of the Lord concerning the
words of this book. What did they do? They went to a medium,
a prophetess; and it is written:
So Hilkiah, the priest, and Ahikham and Achor, and Shaph
an, and Asahiah, went unto Hulda, the prophetess, the wife
of Shallukm, the son of Tikvah, the son of Harhas, keeper of
the wardrobe: (now she dwelt in Jerusalem in the college);
AND THEY COMMUNED WITH HER.
II Kings, C. XXII, v. 8 to 14.

Here follows an appeal from the prophet which does not ap
pear to have been directed altogether to the spiritual nature of those
to whom the message was given:
69
And the spirit of God came upon Zechariah the son of

Jehoiada the priest, which stood above the people, and he said
unto them, Thus saith God, Why transgress ye the command
ments of the l o r d , t h a t y e c a n n o t p r o s p e r ? because ye have
forsaken the Lord, he hath also forsaken you.
II Chronicles, C. XXIV, v. 20.
That the services of the seer were not always appreciated may
be gathered from the following communication, for the delivery of
which the seer was thrown into prison:
And at that time Hanani t h e s e e r came to Asa, king of
Judah, and said unto him, Because thou hast relied on the king
of Syria, and not relied on the Lord thy God, therefore is the
host of the king of Syria escaped out of thine hand.
II Chronicles, C. XVI, v. 7 to 10.
The spirit of Samuel, by an independent voice, prophesied to
Saul the fate of himself and his sons at the time that Saul paid the
visit to the medium of Endor:
Moreover the Lord will also deliver Israel with thee into
the hand of the Philistines; a n d t o -m o r r o w s h a l l t h o u a n d
t h y s o n s b e w i t h m e : the Lord also shall deliver the host of
Israel in to the hand of the Philistines.
I Samuel, C, X X V III, v. 19.
The verification of this prophecy or prediction is found in I
Samuel, C. XXXI.
Saul himself appears to have been chosen as one of the prophets,
and yet he seems to have been unable to get a message from the spirit
world for himself; and so, in his extremity, he sought a medium,
even though he had previously decreed the death of all mediums.
I Samuel, C. X, v. 7, also C. X XV III.
Sauls father had lost some asses and he with a servant was
sent in search of them. After a fruitless effort to find them, Saul
was about to return, but the servant told him there was in the city
a man of God, an honorable man; and that all he said surely came to
pass; and he advised consulting this man. I Samuel C. IX. From
this chapter it seems clear that it was the custom to consult men of
God in regard to lost property and to pay them for their services;
70
S P IR IT M A N IFE ST A TIO N S O F T H E BIBLE
and that a man of God was simply a seer, and that in this case
Samuel foretold the finding of the asses:
7. Then said Saul to his servant, But, behold, if we go,
w h a t s h a l l w e b r i n g t h e m a n ? For the bread is spent in
our vessels, and there is not a present to bring to the man of
G od : What have we ?
8. And the servant answered Saul again, and said, Behold,
i h a v e h e r e a t h a n d t h e f o u r t h pa r t o f a s h e k e l o f
s il v e r ; t h a t w il l I g iv e t h e m a n o f g o d , t o t e l l u s o u r
WAY.
9.
Before time in Israel,
w h e n a m a n w e n t t o in q u ir e
, c o me , l et u s go t o t h e seer f or h e
THAT IS NOW CALLED A PROPHET WAS BEFORE TIME CALLED
A SEER.)
19. And Samuel answered Saul, and said I a m t h e s e e r ; go
o f g od t h u s h e spa k e
up before me unto the high place; for ye shall eat with me today,
and tomorrow I will let thee go, a n d w i l l t e l l t h e e a l l t h a t i s
IN THINE HEART.
20. And as for thine asses that were lost three days ago,
set not thy mind on them; for they are found.
N e w T e sta m e n t R e fe re n ce s
M a tth ew
Chap. 1, 20 verse An angel appears to Joseph.

Chap. 2, 13 verse Angel warns Joseph to flee into Egypt.
Chap. 3, 16-17 verse Jesus sees the Spirit of God descend
ing like a dove.
Chap. 17, 1-8 verse Moses and Elias appear to Jesus, Peter,
James and John.
Chap. 28, 9 verse Jesus appears to Mary Magdalene and the
other Mary.
Luke, Chap. 2, 25-27 verse Simeon led by a spirit.
A cts
Chap.
Chap.
Spirit.
Chap.
cheating.
Chap.
2, 1 verse The Disciples speak in divers tongues.

4, 13 verse Peter and John speak filled with the holy
5, 1 verse Peter psychically proves Ananias guilty of
5, 19 verse Angel opens prison doors.
71
Chap. 8, 29 verse Spirit (called a man) bids Philip go after

rich mans chariot.
Chap. 9, 3-7 verse Jesus speaks with Paul.
Chap. 9, 10 verse Jesus speaks to Ananias and tells him to
go and meet Paul.
Chap. 10, 10 verse Paul falls into a trance.
Chap. 12, 7 verse Angel releases Peter from prison.
Chap. 27, 22 verse Angel warns Paul of shipwreck.
Quench not the spirit, despise not p r o p h e s y i n g s .
I Thessalonians, C. V. v. 19 and 20.
But it is n o t y e t h a t s p e a k , b u t t h e s p i r i t of your
Father which speaketh in you.
Matthew, C. X., v. 20.
Philip, the evangelist, had four virgin daughters who did
PROPHESY.
Acts, C. XXI, v. 8 and 9.

4. Now there are d i v e r s i t i e s o f g i f t s , but the same Spirit.
5. And there are differences of administrations, but the same
Lord.
6. And there are diversities of operations, but it is the same
God which worketh all in all.
7. But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man
to profit withal.
8. For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to
another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit.
9. To another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts
of healing by the same Spirit.
10. To another the working of miracles; t o a n o t h e r p r o p h
e c y ; to another discerning of Spirits; to another divers kinds of
tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues.
11. But all these worketh that one and the selfsame Spirit,
DIVIDING TO EVERY MAN SEVERALLY AS HE WILL.
I Corinthians, C. XII, v. 4 to 12.

And God hath set some in the church, first apostles s e c o n d a r i l y
p r o p h e t s , thirdly teachers, after that miracles, then gifts of healing,
etc.
I Corinthians, C. XII, v. 28.
72
SP IR IT M A N IFESTA TIO N S O F T H E BIBLE

Follow after charity, and desire spiritual gifts,
bu t
r ather
THAT YE MAY PROPHESY.
I Corinthians, C. XIV, v. 1.
But he that
p r o p h e s ie t h
speaketh unto men to
e d if ic a t io n
AND EXHORTATION, AND COMFORT.
I Corinthians, C. XIV, v. 3.
31. For ye may p r o p h e s y one by one, that all may learn and
all may be comforted.
32. And the Spirits of the
pr o ph e t s
are subject to the
pr o ph
et s.
39. Wherefore, brethren, c o v e t t o p r o p h e s y , and forbid not

to speak with tongues.
I Corinthians, C. XIV, v. 31, 32 and 39.
Religious Liberty and the Law

Contrary to the religious liberty vouchsafed to the people by the
Federal Constitution and the Constitutions of the various States,
persecution under guise of the exercise of the police power of the
State, has been visited upon the heads of spiritual mediums, con
nected with and working for the religion of Spiritualism. It is not
competent for any State to enlarge, by statute, the police power
and thereby restrict the rights and privileges which the people have
been exercising under a higher law. It is a strange spectacle to
see legislatures, the great majority of whose membership are be
lievers in the New Testament, seeking by statute to prevent prophe
sying by those upon whom the spirit rests, while Paul, in his epistles,
urged the early Christians not to despise prophesying, but to covet it.
If the law can prevent mediums from prophesying as to past
or future events, then it can also prevent priests and preachers from
foretelling what the future life of saints and sinners will be. Real
prophecy now scarcely exists in the so-called orthodox churches;
the spiritual gifts of which Paul writes so forcibly have almost en
tirely faded away from Christianity and have found a new expres
sion in the Gospel of Spiritualism. The letter killeth but the spirit
giveth life.
It is sometimes asserted that it is improper for mediums to
take fees for their services. But do not the ministers of all religions
receive compensation, in some form or other, for their services? As
long as mediums are living in this material world, they are obliged to
meet the costs of living, like all other human beings, no matter how
spiritual their work or they themselves may be. If the law can
forbid mediums to take fees for their spiritual communications, then
it can also forbid the priest to take money for saying prayers for the
dead. Such money is given and received with the mutual under
standing that prayers said for souls in purgatory by a priest of
the church, helps those souls to be relieved from effects of their sins.
The church does not pretend to prove this a fact; it is merely a
theological assumption, a dogma, a matter of faith. Men and angels
know that the good and true mediums do not, as a rule, have much
of this w orlds g ood s; and that many mediums beside being poor, are
compelled to bear the contumely of thoughtless and vicious people,
and also suffer many things, which are placed upon them from the
spirit side by the lower elements.
73
74
R E L IG IO U S LIB E R TY AND T H E LAW
If mediums sometimes make mistakes or messages do not

always come through them with accuracy, we must remember that
all human agencies sometimes err and that even spirits that com
municate with us do not claim perfection.
It is, to say the least, a dangerous thing, for the State to make
the doing of a thing for money, a crime; when the doing of that
thing without money is in no-wise criminal. The full extent to which
the law should go in limiting religious freedom, is to prevent fraud,
immorality, and traitorous conduct and doctrines. Upon these points
we will stand with the State, but the attempt to throttle legitimate
mediumship and to hush the voice of prophesy will fail in this age,
as it has failed before; for, being of God, man cannot destroy them.
(C .
R . S c h ir m .)
Suggestions for Self Culture

Things to Avoid and Things to Attain
Things to Avoid
This is the most fruitful source of crime
and misery in the world.
Ignorance of the functions of mind and
body give rise to the abuses which undermine health and morality.
Its only antidote is rational knowledge of self.
IG N O R A N C E :
This is a mental attitude which generates chemi

cal poisons in the body of the human. No person can be actually
healthy who harbors this attitude toward any person, or persons.
And the fullest development of soul is an impossibility while hate
dwells within the mind. Its antidote i s : L ove!
H ATE:
This is the mental habit of discussing on es

neighbor with a total disregard for the actual realities of the case;
it is destructive in its tendency, because of the disturbed mental
atmosphere it creates. It is the habit of pointing out the petty imper
fections of others and enlarging upon them. Its antidote i s : Pointing
out the goodly qualities of others learning the art of being kind.
G O S S IP :
Is the offspring of Ignorance and Hate, and

is poison to the one who indulges in it. No one but an undeveloped,
ignorant individual will be guilty of this mental murder; it is death
to the finer qualities of soul. Slander is gossip run to seed it is
the stuff of which assassins are made. And the possessor of the
tongue that slanders harbors a viper which will sting him to death.
There is no antidote save to root it out of the system out of the
mind. Slander is a cancer eating out the heart of the slanderer.
SLA N D ER:
Is the mental state which sees in others the

vileness which exists in ones self. It is the demoniac alchemist
who transmutes good into evil, and virtue into vice. Its presence in
the mind of humans denotes moral and spiritual disease of marked
character. It can only live in the mind of one who at heart is guilty
of every crime he attributes to another. It is usually to be found in
S U S P IC IO N :
75
S P IR IT U A L IS T
76
MANUAL
the minds of those who have burned out their capacity for excess
and dissipation of various kinds. Its antidote is Faith in humans;
trust in the inherent divinity in mankind.
Is suspicion gone mad; it is Insanity of the
third degree. Like suspicion it is a diseased state of the mind and
generates poison in the system of the one who harbors it. Jealousy
is the vile Frankenstein who knows no innocence; who sees no
virtue; who recognizes no justice, and believes no trust. It is the
antithesis of love. Its antidote is: Faith Confidence Love.
JEA LO U SY :
: Is the moth that destroys the fabric of human

endeavor; it is the builder of bridges that are never crossed. It is
the trap which ensnares the human who would evolve to greater
things. Worry is the smoked glass which obscures the larger day.
It is mental disorder; it is the fog that conceals the harbor from
view it is the rock upon which the bark of endeavor is wrecked.
Its antidote is: Mental poise, constructive thinking Optimism.
W O R R Y
Is the millstone about the neck of humanity; it

is the avalanche which buries statesmen, poets, artists, sculptors,
master musicians, scientists, supermen and superwomen, while yet
in the making. It is the dynamite which destroys the bridge of hope;
it is the worm that eats out the heart of the mighty oak, and destroys
the roots of the rose. It is the barnacle which impedes the ship of
progress. And its only antidote is: Courage Courage wedded to
perennial Hope.
FEAR:
Things to Cultivate
Not the blind, subservient faith that makes you
feel yourself a worm of the dust; not that! But rather the kind
which reveals to you your own divinity. Know that progress is abso
lutely certain that your development will come just as fast as you
have made ready for it.
F A IT H :
R E A S O N A B L E N E S S : D o not expect to know it all in a

day; and do not expect miracles in your favor. In the first place
miracles do not happen; in the second place you would not know
what to do with a miracle if it came your way. And in the third
place such a thing would contravene natural law nature does not
work that way.
SU G G ESTIO N S FOR SELF CU LTU RE
77
D o not whimper and whine because it seems

a long time before you get your growth. Each day is a day of
growth; and great development is the sum total of the steps taken in
the days that have been. One of these days you will wake up and
find yours has arrived. Meet the world with a smile, and unafraid;
do the best you can and let the world grow if it must.
COURAGE:
D o not make a noise about your grow th; if

you are growing you dont have to tell folks it will show, and they
can see it. Dont complain because the world does not understand
you you dont understand yourself yet! Use your energy in get
ting together with yourself and finding out who you are, and what
you can do then do it.
S IL E N C E :
: D o not make invidious comparisons be

tween your knowledge your spiritual growth and that of someone
else, to the detriment of that someone else. Remember: the person
who has to advertise his own spirituality has mighty poor wares
to offer.
G E N E R O S IT Y
J U S T I C E : R ecognize the fact that you are not the only

divine soul whom the Infinite has permitted to manifest in the flesh.
There are others! Give them credit for wanting, just as earnestly
as you, to become the Man Spiritual The Woman Spiritual.
Do not be a carping critic! Point out the good things in the lives
of others and Keep Sweet!
: D o not be a profligate with your energy; use

all you need, but do not throw it away. Cultivate the law of use,
and apply it in all things! Be fair with yourself as well as others.
Be your own friend; then you can be of assistance to the world.
ECON OM Y
: D o not fail to establish order in your life in

your effort for growth. Order is the Infinite Magician who turns
failure into success; transmutes darkness into light; brings health
out of illness and turns obstacles into helps. Order is the first law
of nature it is the handmaiden of Faith; it will make you King
Queen, in the realm of your selfhood.
SY STEM
: D o not try to be som eone else dont

be an ape! Cultivate your individuality; you can express your
self better than you can imitate someone else. There is only one
You let that one shine forth in all the resplendent selfhood which
IN D IV ID U A L IT Y
78
the real You possesses. It will be infinitely easier than trying to

be someone else.
(IV. J. E r w o o d . )
: Is one of the most humane traits of Mankind.
To be merciful is to be kind, revealing the kinship between Man
and the Divine. Unfold this benevolent power of tenderness and
service. Realize your responsibility of aid and protection of those
who may need your help, sympathy and counsel in their hour of
need. Give of your Wisdom to those who are ill in Mind, and
of your Talent and Strength to those who are sick of Body.
Teach them to look up filled with a Faith that passes human
understanding. Instruct them to think only in terms of Health and
Happiness, that they may share with you in the appreciation of all
the beauty and grandeur of this Life. Through the practice of this
"Act of Kindness there is brought to the surface the finest qualities
of womanhood and manhood, that build for a higher and more per
fect Civilization.
M ERCY
: It is the Master Key which unlocks

the Gateway of Progress, that leads to greater achievements in all
fields of human endeavor. It is yours for the asking and willing
ness to do your part. Cultivate an interest of consideration toward
others in your every act and deed. Without co-operation you can
not hope for the full realization of your dreams and ideals. It
demands of you to work hand in hand with your fellowmen, toward
the fulfillment of the things, which bring joy and make Life worth
Living. Give freely of your time and effort to this great Cause,
that you may find success in your every action. Thus, through
serving your fellowmen you will find the true value of Life. Happi
ness and the knowledge of having Done Things will be yours, and
the world will have been a better world for you having lived.
C O - O P E R A T IO N
Practice it. Make it a part of your Philos

ophy of Life. Its principles embrace a sense of fairness and under
standing toward the acts, beliefs and views of our fellowmen. Toler
ance opens the doorway to greater progress and friendliness among
the W orlds People. In its true light Tolerance Alone is not
enough. You must cultivate a deep appreciation of the actions and
opinions of others. Through this realization alone can you hope
to discover the secret which makes lives more complete and enjoy
able. The spreading of its fundamentals among mankind will lead
to Universal Fellowship and World Peace.
TOLERAN CE:
Questions and Answers About

Spiritualism
W h a t I s a S p ir it u a lis t ?
A Spiritualist is one who believes, as the basis

her religion, in the communication between this and
world by means of mediumship, and who endeavors
his or her character and conduct in accordance with
est teachings derived from such communication.
of his or
the spirit
to mould
the high
C a n a S p ir it u a lis t A c c e p t th e T e a c h in g o f J e s u s ?
Yes. A belief in spirit communication does not conflict

with the Teachings ascribed to Jesus. The Christian Bible
confirms its truth repeatedly.
I s S p ir it u a lis m a R e lig io n ?
It is a Religion, Philosophy and Science in one. It has

a National Organization, State Associations, numbers of
churches, and a solemnly ordained ministry.
W h a t S h o u ld C o n v in c e M e o f I t s T r u t h s ?
Your own reason and common sense after a thorough and

scientific investigation.
H ow
S h o u ld I G o A b o u t T h is I n v e s t ig a t io n ?
By obtaining literature from the National Spiritualist As

sociation of Churches and by questioning the officials of State
Associations or pastors of local churches. Study the Philosophy
of Spiritualism and the Phenomena which demonstrates and
proves its Philosophy.
H ow
C a n I S tu d y th e P h ilo s o p h y ?
By carefully reading and thinking over the literature men

tioned, and by taking the trouble to ask questions of our
officials and others qualified to answer.
H ow
C a n I S tu d y th e P h e n o m e n a ?
By attending services held by local Spiritualist Churches,

at which these phenomena are actually demonstrated by our
mediums.
79
80
Q U E S T IO N S A N D A N S W E R S A B O U T SPIR IT U A L ISM
W h a t I s a M e d iu m ?
A Medium is one whose organism is sensitive to vibrations

from the spirit world, and through whose instrumentality, in
telligences in that world are able to convey messages and pro
duce the phenomena of Spiritualism.
W h a t I s T h is In flu e n c e ?
It is the transference of impressions or ideas by a disem

bodied spirit direct to the brain of the Medium. The most
noted scientists of today recognize that thought transference
is possible and call it Telepathy."
H ow
Do
Y ou
K now
T h is
In flu e n c e I s
E x e r c is e d
by
S p ir it s?
Because under it Mediums accomplish things which would

be impossible to them under ordinary conditions and plainly
show in many other ways that they are being used as a medium
of communication by some other individual.
T h e n A re T h e s e M e d iu m s F o r tu n e - T e lle r s ?
Our mediums, many of whom are ordained clergy

of our church, thus perform a sacred duty. Communications
coming through them, frequently refer to material and every
day matters because you ask for such, and because, to a certain
extent, such are necessary to arouse interest and induce further
investigation.
N o!
B u t D o T h e y N o t F o r e t e ll th e F u tu r e ?
It is sometimes done to a certain extent through their

means. An inhabitant of the Spirit World can, to a degree,
predict future events with greater or less accuracy, according
to conditions. This is done by r e a s o n in g based on observation
of past and present conditions and events, and is more accu
rate than is the same process as used by us, because the
Spirit reasoner is not hampered by a physical body, nor by
the conventional and set ideas that go with the limitations of
such a body.
T h e n o f W h a t U s e I s S p i r it u a l i s m , I f N o t t o P r e d i c t t h e F u t u r e ?
This is a mistaken idea held by many people. The pre

diction of the future is of very little importance. Spiritualisms
81
greatest value lies in the fact that, when its truth is generally
accepted, it will completely revolutionize many accepted but
antiquated ideas and customs.
In W h a t W a y C o u ld T h a t B e P o s s ib le ?
Because Spiritualism proves not only that we continue to

exist consciously after the death of the physical body, but that
we are then still responsible for our actions while here. We
cannot escape the consequences of our acts, good or bad.
Therefore, if a majority of earths inhabitants become firmly
convinced of this fact, plainly the glaring defects and abuses
of our present life will gradually disappear, as each individual
will exercise greater care not to injure others, because of the
consequences and resultant injuries to himself.
I s S p ir it C o m m u n ic a t io n N e c e s s a r y t o B r in g T h is A b o u t ?
Because that is the only d e fin ite and p o s it iv e way by

which the fact of u n a v o id a b le p e r s o n a l r e s p o n s ib ilit y a f t e r
" d e a t h can be unalterably proven to man. All present-day
religions teach this to a certain degree, but all absolutely fail to
convince their followers b e y o n d d o u b t, because they must rely
on faith alone and cannot give definite proof.
Y es!
W h a t O t h e r B e n e fit I s S p ir it C o m m u n ic a t io n ?
It completely removes the fear of death, by proving that

there is no death of the actual person. It convinces us that
it is merely stepping from a lower state of existence into a
higher, exactly as the worm apparently dies to become the
butterfly. It does away with absolute separation of those closely
united, thereby relieving us of the worst of material sorrows.
It also inspires us to purer and more progressive ways of life,
by proving beyond doubt the advantages of right action and
the disadvantages of wrong action.
W h y D o Y o u r M e d iu m s N o t C o n fin e T h e m s e lv e s t o T h i s T e a c h
in g , I n s t e a d o f G i v i n g t h e M e s s a g e s W e G e n e r a l l y H e a r ?
Because, like a baby, the average person must creep before

he can walk that is, he must first become interested in investi
gating, then become thoroughly convinced that the manifesta
tions are caused by his friends in Spirit Life and then he may
begin to study the philosophy. These questions and answers are
82
Q U E S T IO N S A N D A N S W E R S A B O U T S P IR IT U A L ISM
designed to be a groundwork in such investigations and study,

exactly as one must learn to read before he can study the
higher sciences.
But
W hy
Do
M e d iu m s A c c e p t
F ees
fo r
T h e ir
W ork ?
For the same reason that ministers and priests accept fees
for weddings, baptisms, funerals, etc., in addition to their regu
lar salaries. They are special, personal services, for which the
clergyman is entitled to a special and personal fee for his knowl
edge and time.
W h y W a s S p ir it C o m m u n ic a t io n
N o t E s ta b lis h e d
L on g A go?
Because at no time in history have the people at large

been ready to receive it, until now. Spirit communications
have been constantly given during thousands of years, but only
the priesthood of each nation were sufficiently educated to rec
ognize and receive them. The people were densely ignorant and
grossly material in thought, and therefore could understand only
material things, and so left no way open for spirit communica
tions to be understood.
T h e n M u s t W e B e H ig h l y E d u c a t e d t o R e c e iv e S p ir it C o m m u n i
c a tio n s D ir e c t ?
No, but you must remember that the least educated Ameri
can citizen is far more enlightened than were the common peo
ple of even a century ago. There must be at least some ground
work of education and the right to free thought, in order to
remove superstition and lay a foundation for the proper under
standing of spiritual manifestations.
B u t S o m e o f Y o u r M e d iu m s S e e m
t o H a v e L it tle E d u c a t io n ?
That is one convincing proof. We often receive, through

mediums of a moderate education, communications which plain
ly come from a trained and educated mind. That alone is
strong evidence that the message does not originate with the
mediums, but comes from without
Som e
M a n ife s t a t io n s
Seem
C h ild is h , o f W h a t U s e A r e R a p -
in g s , a n d th e L ik e ?
Such conclusions are not the result of careful thought;

as the rappings of a telegraph instrument, when properly inter
preted, carry messages of vital import from nation to nation
83
and around the world, so rappings from spirit world, when

properly interpreted, carry messages of vital import and of
highest philosophy from the inhabitants of the spirit world to
man on the earth plane, by the use of natural forces.
T o W h a t N a tu ra l F o r c e s D o Y o u R e fe r?
Electric currents, the same as are used in operating the

telegraph instrument, also as now used in sending the wire
less message from city to city and from continent to continent.
It is no more logical to call the spirit rap childish than it would
be to call the dot and dash of the telegraph childish. As the
telegraph instrument is only a toy to a child, so the rap from
the spirit world seems only a toy to the uninformed mind that
fails to grasp the vast import of the fact that there is no death,
and that definite communication has at least been established be
tween man in the mortal and man in the spirit body.
A r e Y o u W il l in g t o S u b m it t o S c ie n tific I n v e s t ig a t io n ?
Certainly. We court scientific and philosophical investi

gation of our phenomena and philosophy.
T h e n W h y H a s N o t S c ie n c e D e m o n s t r a t e d Y o u r C la im s ?
Every scientist who has investigated thoroughly and with

out prejudice has been convinced of the truth of these facts.
Some of the greatest minds of our day, such as Sir Arthur
Conan Doyle, Alfred Russell Wallace, Sir William Crookes
(discoverer of the x-ray), Camille Flammarion, William T.
Stead and Sir Oliver Lodge of England, Edgar Lucien Larkin,
of Mt. Lowe Observatory, and other world-famous scientific
men have announced themselves convinced.
T h e n W h y D o S c ie n t is t s R e je c t T h e s e S o - C a lle d F a c t s ?
Some men are so prejudiced that they make no investiga

tions. Others investigate unfairly, demanding material proof
of spiritual truths without being willing to assist in forming the
spiritual conditions necessary to produce the results desired,
which is unfair and as impossible as it would be to carry an
electrical message from one city to another on a silk thread
or a ball of twine.
W h y D o Y o u N o t A t t e m p t t o C o n v in c e th e S c ie n t ific W o r ld ?
Unprejudiced scientists have found no difficulty in finding
84
Q U E S T IO N S A N D A N S W E R S A B O U T S P IR IT U A L ISM
absolute scientific proof of the possibility of communicating

with the spirit people, under proper conditions.
W o u l d Y o u r B e l ie f s , i f A c c e p t e d , U p s e t M o d e r n S c i e n c e ?
No. Spiritualism is the only religion which harmonizes

with science in every way. Not one proven scientific fact con
tradicts the truths we teach, but on the other hand, all uphold
and prove our conclusions.
W h y T h e n D o W e N o t H e a r M o r e S c ie n t ific T e a c h in g s F r o m
Y o u r P la tfo r m s ?
Because our teachings must be so explained as to be un

derstood by all minds. Many people can be interested only
by tests or messages dealing with material matters. Also we
find it necessary to prove our phenomena, before we can in
terest the public in our philosophy. Very few people accept
as a fact the possibility of the continuity of life.
D o e s th e E x e r c is e o f M e d iu m s h ip H a r m
th e M e d iu m ?
No more than any other work. In fact, it is distinctly

beneficial if combined with proper exercise, relaxation, and rec
reation, which everybody should have. Some Mediums have an
inclination to overwork and are then harmed just as anyone
would be who carried any occupation to excess. We know of
many cases in which Mediums have been benefited physically
and mentally, by their work, to an astonishing extent.
A r e S p ir it C o m m u n ic a tio n s A lw a y s C o r r e c t?
Not always but usually so. The spirit merely uses its
best judgment in offering advice, and although it can see many
causes which produce certain results, more clearly than the
average mortal can do, they are still fallible, and so claim to
be, and are liable at times to be mistaken. It is also true that
there are times, when owing to certain physical conditions or
weaknesses, the Medium cannot be reached by the particular
spirit who would be best able to give the advice desired. A
Medium acting wisely under such conditions would refrain
from exercising her mediumship until more perfect mental
and physical conditions should obtain. We claim not that
our sensitives are infallible but that they are honestly doing
their best to help you, and that they DO bring messages from
the spirit world.
A re
T h ere
O th er
M eth od s
of
C o m m u n ic a tio n
85
B e sid e s
S p i r it
R ap s?
Yes; since the knowledge of spirit communication came

to be understood by the human mind much of bigotry, super
stition, and prejudice have been removed, and the human or
ganism has been able to respond to natural impulses without
fear of persecution and possible death. As a result we find
mediumship manifesting in many beautiful forms, such as those
of clairvoyance, clairaudience, slate writing, materialization,
spirit healing and inspiration.
H o w C a n I K n o w T h a t A n y P a r t ic u la r M e d iu m I s T r u s t w o r t h y ?
Most mediums are honest in their intentions, but none can

ever claim to be infallible. Such a claim on their part would
of itself be a positive proof of their lack of knowledge and hon
esty, and would prove them unworthy of confidence. The mis
trust, by the public, of mediums and mediumship, is the result
largely of ignorance, or superstition on the part of some who
have not learned to understand that messages from the Spirit
world are natural and do not claim to be supernatural or in
fallible.
I s N o t M e d i u m s h i p a S u p e r n a t u r a l G if t ?
No. Mediumship is a natural gift, and is subject to the

operation of natural laws, as are all the manifestations of nature
whether in the material or the spiritual world, which must be
understood and complied with.
Is
T h ere
Any
W ay
of
K n o w in g
W ho
A re
th e
R e c o g n iz e d
M e d i u m s in t h e S p i r i t u a l i s t R a n k s ?
Yes. The National and State Spiritualist Associations issue

certificates each year to mediums whom they believe to be
qualified and worthy.
C a n A n y O n e G e t T h e s e C e r t ific a t e s ?
W e grant such certificates only after the applicant has un

dergone certain educational training and examination and has
proven himself competent to receive and transmit communi
cations from the Spirit World. Our Mediums correspond to
86
Q U E S T IO N S AN D A N S W E R S A B O U T S P IR IT U A L ISM
the clergy of denominational churches. We have Ordained

Ministers, Licentiates, Certified Mediums, and Healers.
Can
D epend
c a tio n
U pon
T h rou gh
G e tt in g a S a t is fa c to r y
Any
M e d iu m
H o ld in g
S p ir it
Su ch
C om m uni
C e r t ific a t e s ?
Not necessarily so. Not even our best developed mediums

can reach into all conditions satisfactorily for all people; some
can receive messages for one individual and others for another.
There are conditions and laws governing mediumship which
are not generally understood but which must be complied with
in order to obtain satisfactory results.
W hat
C la s s o f S p ir it s M a y O n e
E x p e ct to
C om e
in
C on ta ct
w it h W h e n V is it in g a S p ir it u a lis t M e d iu m ?
The character of the spirits one will meet in visiting a

Medium is liable to be as varied as are those of the individuals
one comes in contact with each day on the earth plane.
C a n Y o u C la s sify T h e m A c c o r d in g to T h e ir D e s ir e s a n d In te n
tio n s?
Each Spirit communicating through a Medium does so

with a special object in view. In a general way they may be
classified under three different heads. FIRST, those who are
so bound to earth conditions that they will try to come in con
tact, and communicate with it through any avenue they find
available. SECOND, those who are naturally attracted to us
by the ties of relationship and the laws of love. THIRD, those
advanced and developed Spirits who return from the higher
spheres of life in the Spirit world, filled with a Holy Love
for Humanity, for the purpose of guiding and leading man
kind into higher knowledge and further light.
Do
N ot M essa ges
S o m e tim e s
C om e
fro m
S p ir it s
W ho
H ave
N e v e r L i v e d in a P h y s i c a l B o d y ?
We have no knowledge of any such Spirits. Those re

turning even from the higher spheres of spirit life all claim
to have traveled this way, to have met and overcome tempta
tions, to have unfolded a knowledge of G ods laws which are
natures laws both on the material and on the spiritual sides
of life, and to have earned by honest work and effort their
right to the light which they have attained.
87
D o Y o u N o t O f t e n C o m e in C o n t a c t w i t h E v i l S p i r i t s ?
No! The true Spiritualist does not accept the words Evil
Spirits. Those whom you refer to as evil spirits are poor, ignor
ant and unenlightened souls who have also lived on the earth
plane. Many of them through lack of opportunity, want of proper
education, and the influence of wrong social conditions have
passed through this world and into the Spirit World in absolute
ignorance of spiritual laws. They are, however, no worse than
mankind has sent them into the Spirit World, and they are still
our Brothers and Sisters.
A re Y o u
N o t A f r a id t o C o m e in C o n t a c t w it h S u c h
S p ir it s ?
No. It is no more dangerous to come in contact with the

undeveloped in the Spirit World than it is to come in contact
with the undeveloped on the material plane of life. Ignorance
of the presence of an undeveloped spirit is no safeguard against
its influence upon the individual with whom it comes in contact.
Only by a knowledge of these laws will mankind ever be able to
free itself from undesirable conditions which sometimes cause
insanity, drunkenness, murder, suicide and war.
W ill a K n o w le d g e
o f S p ir it u a lis m
P rodu ce T h ese
R e s u lts ?
Yes. What ignorance and superstition have failed to do,

a knowledge of Natures laws can accomplish. The TRUTH
alone can free the Human mind and start it on the pathway in
search of truth, physical, mental and spiritual truth.
W h a t E f f e c t D o e s th e F a c t o f S p i r i t C o m m u n i c a t i o n H a v e o n
th e U n d e v e lo p e d S p ir it s ?
The spirits from the darker spheres often are allowed to

visit the Spiritualist circle, in order that they may obtain a
knowledge of things which were denied them while they were
on earth. Oftentimes they come honestly seeking for knowledge
and for light. Such spirits on learning for the first time that
there is still an opportunity for them to develop and to out
grow the unhappy conditions acquired during their life on
earth, seek earnestly to unfold into better conditions. They
return frequently to the circle seeking more light, and in time
they start on their pathway of eternal progression. Thus by
showing the light in all dark places on both sides of life, by
educating both man in the body and man in the spirit will
our earth be freed from that darkness which man calls evil.
88
Q U E S T IO N S AND A N S W E R S A B O U T SPIR IT U A L ISM
W ill A ll T h e n H a v e A n O p p o r t u n ity t o P r o g r e s s , a n d t o U n d o
th e M a n y M is t a k e s C o m m it t e d o n T h i s S id e o f L ife ?
Yes. Every human soul bom into life is a child of GOD

and the opportunity for development will at some time be real
ized and taken advantage of by each one. Spiritualism pro
claims The doorway to reformation is never closed against any
human soul here or hereafter.
W h a t O t h e r P r in c ip le s D o e s S p ir it u a lis m P r o c la im a n d U p h o ld ?
The National Spiritualist Association of Churches, of the

United States of America has adopted what is known as its
"Declaration of Principles which consists of nine short articles.
All of the nine Declaration of Principles will be found
printed on Page 34 of this Manual.
D o Y ou
B e l i e v e in G o o d a n d E v i l S p i r i t s ?
We believe there are both intelligent and ignorant spirits.

No being is naturally bad evil always originates in ignorance.
Merely leaving the physical body does not change the condi
tion of the spirit, which is the actual personality. The spirit must
learn to desire, and to progress to higher and better conditions,
just as we do on earth.
Do
Y ou
M ean T h a t W e
M u s t B e R e - in c a r n a t e d
In to a N ew
B ody?
NO! You can correct the mistakes of earth life, while in

the Spirit world, without living on the material plane of life
again.
A r e N o t Y o u r T e a c h i n g s A l l i e d t o T h e o s o p h y , H in d u is m , E t c . ?
Not at all. Such teachings undoubtedly contain some ele

mental truths, as do all religions, but their application of them
differs from ours.
T hen
Y o u D o N o t B e l i e v e in M a g i c ?
Decidedly not! Magic implies something supernatural;

we teach that nothing ever happens except by action of natural
law.
T h e n W h a t o f B ib lic a l M ir a c le s ?
Miracle means something done in defiance of Natural
89
Law, therefore there are no Miracles. The demonstrations you

speak of can be manifested today by our Mediums by the appli
cation of perfectly natural forces, when the necessary conditions
of such manifestations are provided.
C a n n o t I ll- D is p o s e d S p ir it s H a r m
U s?
Only in the same way that unfitting companions can harm

you. Your associates have a direct influence on you for good
or evil, whether they are in this life or the next. If your own
desires are good, nothing but good will come to you.
C a n W e C h o o s e W h a t S p i r i t s S h a ll A p p r o a c h U s ?
Certainly. Like attracts like. If you are striving to live

a pure, progressive life, you will attract personalities who have
like ideals.
C a n T h e s e S p ir it s I n flu e n c e U s C o n s c io u s ly ?
Yes, if you desire it. No person, spirit or mortal, can

influence by telepathy either for good or ill, anyone who does
not in some way invite or permit such influence. You can
receive great help from your spirit friends if you ask for
it and open your mind to receive it.
In W h a t F o r m
D o S u c h In flu e n c e s C o m e ?
In the form of impressions, transferred directly to your

soul consciousness. You may not receive them without some
training; yet, on the other hand, many people get them con
tinually, but fail to credit them to the true source.
D o T h e s e S p ir it s C o m e fr o m a H e a v e n , a P u r g a t o r y o r a H e ll?
We do not believe in such places. Communicating spirits

have merely graduated from this form of life into another. That
life can be heaven or hell-like, just as each spirit chooses to
make it; the same applies to our life here on earth.
H a v e T h e y A n y S p e c ia l P la c e o f A b o d e ?
They are subject to certain natural laws which regulate

the life of each; as the spirit advances in purity and knowl
edge, its sphere of action widens. The World of Spirit per
meates the entire universe as real and tangible to those who
have passed into it as this life and world are to us.
90
Q U E ST IO N S AND A N SW ER S ABOUT SPIRITU ALISM
I f T h e r e I s N o H e ll H o w
A r e th e E v il P u n ish e d ?
Remember, evil comes from ignorance. Hence we do not

believe in punishment, but we know that all actions have direct
result. Thus acts which injure others react on the doer; some
times physically, but always spiritually, placing him yet lower
in the scale of spiritual development, and retarding his progress
and development in Spirit Life. Injurious acts must then be
offset by generous, helpful and self-sacrificing deeds and
thoughts, which, in turn, exert an uplifting and beneficial effect
on the spiritual status and condition of the individual.
T hen E ven
C r im in a ls C a n P r o g r e s s ?
Yes. Even the most degraded personality can in time attain

to the greatest heights. It is easier, however, to begin progres
sion in earth life.
T h e n Y o u D o N o t B e l i e v e in V i c a r i o u s A t o n e m e n t ?
NO. Each must work out his own salvation; each has
an equal opportunity to do this when he shall have atoned for
the wrongs and overcome the temptations and allurements to the
sense gratifications of earth life.
W ill
N ot
S u ch
T e a c h in g s
E n cou rage
S e lfis h n e s s a n d
C r im e ?
Exactly the opposite. When you know, beyond possible

doubt, that you cannot escape by death from the consequences
of your acts, but must surely face them in a short time, you
will feel much more disposed to avoid deeds that will injure
yourself as well as others.
J u d g in g
by
T h is ,
S p ir itu a lists
M u st
Be
V ery
M oral
P e o p le .
You will find no more moral or upright people than those

who are true believers in spiritualist teachings.
W ill Y o u r T e a c h in g s A ffe c t O u r P o litic a l a n d
S o c ia l L ife ?
They will inevitably revolutionize it and purify it for the

reasons just given in the several preceding paragraphs. But
we aim to build up not to tear down. Under our philosophy,
by the sure, mental, and spiritual growth, development out of
improper political and social conditions will be gradually righted
requiring no campaign of destruction first.
Invocation and Reading No. 1

Invocation
To the Infinite Spirit of the Universe, manifesting love and
tenderness from fragile flower to mightiest oak; ever expressing
Infinite care and wisdom; creating a desire for a more complete un
derstanding of lifes obligations and opportunities, we would attune
ourselves, knowing that from this contact comes a more perfect
understanding of the laws which govern our being, a more perfect
comprehension of our duties and greater courage to face our daily
tasks. We would learn more of that great spirit world to which we
journey more of its nature, its illuminations, its glories. May we
discover more and more avenues of communication between the
two worlds and attain a higher, a truer, a deeper appreciation
of the blessed Gospel of Spiritualism. May we continue to grow in
knowledge and wisdom and through our sensitized instruments
reach humanity everywhere bringing into their lives this great Truth
which has brought such joy, peace and understanding into our
own souls. Amen.
Reading: What Is Spiritualism?

Spiritualism is an outpouring of Spirit upon humanity, a
divine revelation from the spheres of light. It is the highest message
of truth which we have as yet, grown to grasp; and one whose
depth, beauty and mighty significance we still imperfectly realize.
How little as yet, we know of true Spiritualism. How far we
are from mastering its wonderful philosophy! It cannot be contained
between the covers of any book or outlined fully in any written
creed.
Spiritualism is the broad educator, the great redeemer, the
emancipator which releases human souls from the bondage of super
stition and ignorance, lifts the clouds of error that have so long
enshrouded the world and illumines the darkness of the w orlds
materiality.
It has given freedom to slaves and broken the shackles of mental
bondage. It has introduced more enlightened methods of healing
and was chief factor in the larger emancipation of woman. Through
the gateway of inspired mediumship it has breathed forth poesy
and melody. It has stimulated science and enriched philosophy. It
91
92
INV OCATION AND READIN G No. 1
has broadened the conceptions of men and liberalized beliefs and

creeds.
It is the tender nurse in sorrow, the kind physician for ever)'
need, physical or spiritual, the universal comforter. It has taken
away the sting of death and left to the grave no victory.
It has abundantly proved that there is no death, that there
is a world of spirit and we are its denizens, here and now. Hence
there can be no separation between spirit and spirit under any
circumstances, clothed or unclothed with clay.
It is only physical sight that suffers loss; and gradually our eyes
are being cleansed from earthly dust, to discern spiritual things and
our mortal ears unstopped to catch higher vibrations than mundane
atmosphere conveys.
The intuitive spirit receives supernal messages from centers of
inspiration in the upper realms and grander revelations will be
vouchsafed as we grow ready to receive them.
May greater receptivity be ours to gain more and more of truth
and to live the truth we know. May we be not content to merely
believe in spirit communication. Let us live our Spiritualism with
fidelity, fearless of the unenlightened opinions of men.
Let us love truly, unselfishly. May our charity even for those
who wrong us be strong and all embracing. Let our forgiveness
be perfect and unexacting; our patience, serene and godlike.
May we ever increase in all spiritual knowledge. May we know
by rich experience, the potentialities of spirit, and learn, while yet
embodied, what it is to be a free masterful spirit capable even now,
of every noble conquest and achievement.
Benediction
May the sacred impressions reaching us from realms supernal
ever guide our footsteps aright in the great journey of life. Amen.

Invocation
With perfect faith in the power of spirit, we direct our thoughts
in this hour of devotion to the great Oversoul of ALL knowing
that every aspiration, every holy desire, will find fruition in our
lives. With simple perfect faith we come with all our yearnings
and aspirations, knowing they will be answered to the degree we
harmoniously attune ourselves with natures immutable laws. May
all our heartaches, all our loneliness, all our despair be conquered
as we grow in spiritual understanding from day to day. Teach us,
O Dwellers in the Land Supernal, to bear with patience and forti
tude the burdens and vexations of fleeting time and to accept all
seeming disappointments as lessons in the development of our spir
itual lives. May the work of bridging the chasm of death be so
sweetly performed that pain may be transformed into joy and
sorrow into peace and happiness. Amen.
Reading: Power of Spirits

How great the power of spirits! A host of invisible intelli
gences, exalted and wise, surround us everywhere. They cause
men to purify their hearts and rectify their lives. They are every
where, beside us, around us, above us. Millions of spiritual BEINGS
walk the earth unseen, both when we wake and when we sleep.
All these with ceaseless praise, by day and by night, behold
the works of Infinite Intelligence and adore them. Are they not
all ministering spirits sent forth to minister to those who walk in
the light and to save those who walk in darkness? Yea, the angels
attend the pure in heart and surround them with a halo of light
and melody.
They come to lead the weary pilgrims from the rude scenes of
this life to the mansions of the blessed. They come to guide the
erring one and win his heart. They breathe a holy calm into the
wounded heart. The glory of their presence dissipates the darkness
of this world.
93
94
IN V OCA TIO N AND READIN G No. 2
Who are these angel ministers? They are the wise and good
of every age, of every land, who come laden with love, to bless
cheer and comfort sorrowing mankind. Under their loving tuition
our spiritual senses may be unfolded so that they both appear and
speak to us.
O ! Angels of Light and Wisdom, we solicit your presence with
us this day, that you may illumine our minds, quicken our under
standing, warm our hearts and strengthen our adherence to truth.
May your light drive away the mists of doubt and superstition from
our minds so that the light of Divine Truth may be ours forever.
Benediction
May the guidance of spirit loved ones illumine our minds,
quicken our understanding and inspire us to live in accord with
the dictates of truth. Amen.

Invocation
O Great Infinite Intelligence, creative power of the Universe
which gives to every form of life in natures temple a voice of praise
to the songbirds in the trees, to the great deep that ceaselessly
rolls its anthem and to the worlds that speed onward through
limitless space. While we share in the joyfulness of the ever-living
winds and waves, we know that in that higher temple, the temple
of the soul there are voices that ever speak aloud for truth, for
justice and for liberty. We are indeed grateful to know that the
soul of man is immortal and that the Universe with all its sublimity,
is the souls eternal heritage. We are happy for the knowledge of
the higher and diviner life, which even now stamps the living clay
with the images of immortal thought and beauty. May the light
of immortality which streams in and through the illuminated cham
bers of the human brain dispel the shadows of doubt and fear and
terror of death. May the Star of Knowledge never fade, the Moon
of Wisdom never be eclipsed and may the Sun of Spiritual Power
eternally replenish its resplendent light. Amen.
L ifes Anchor
Rise, O Soul, to higher things! Be exalted in the light of thine
own radiance and strength!
How vast, how limitless are the resources of the Soul!
How unexplored the deep repository of eternal attributes!
How skillfully hidden from mortal view!
Beneath the strength and skill of the physical body, beneath the
achievements and unrest of mortal mind lies the unperturbed soul
of man, like the calm waters of the sea beneath the surging waves.
Beneath the ever-changing mortal part of man lies the soul like an
impenetrable rock beneath the shifting sands, anchoring man to
earth until the experiences of this terrestrial plane have prepared
him for celestial existence.
What is the rock that securely anchors man to earth life? What
is beneath the physical and mental self that manifests automatically
the attributes of the Eternal? Underlying all is a reality which has
ever indicated man is not annihilated when the physical body loses
95
96
INVOCATION AND READING No. 3
its animation. Throughout the ages mans desire to prove this

observation has developed religion. Mans firm conviction that an
eternal something exists back of and beneath all life is a nearly
universal belief.
What is mans relation to this reality?
How may man come in contact with its attributes?
Is there a spiritual key to unlock its mysteries?
SEEK AND YE SHALL FIND.
Ye shall find Power limitless and available. Wisdom to con
ciliate and reassure. Goodness the result of conquering the lower
self. Hope the hope of immortality. Faith the comfort that dis
pels all doubt. Peace the calmness born of trust and understand
ing. Light the revealer of Truth and Love- the dispeller of spir
itual darkness, the reflector of the Divine in the Universe. Thus,
the underneath stands revealed. From the plan and purpose of
these spiritual attributes Infinite Intelligence weaves the threads of
Life draping mortals in garments of their own divinity.
But the Soul the glittering rock of Eternal Truth is ever
beneath the turbulent waters holding man securely, radiating peace,
a soft music that makes his every step in life a benediction; wisdom,
creating awareness from the experiences acquired in the immeasurable
yesterdays and love guiding all in paths of service.
Led by wisdom s light, guarded by loved ones in Spirit,
man continues the journey of life, knowing that through the qual
ities of the soul all shall arrive.
That instinct for life, for immortality will not die. Life is
written on the ascending scale. All are guided by the souls con
viction.
There is no death Our souls shall rise as our Guiding Star.
Call aloud, O Soul, proclaim this Truth unto all the earth!
Benediction
May the beacon light of truth flash its rays on our pathway
through life, bringing peace, hope and joy into the lives of all.
Amen.

Invocation
We lift our hearts to the Great Oversoul which ever expresses
through this still small voice within, in our desire to be more
sensitive to the vibrations of that great world of Spirit. Give
us something of the patience of the old oak trees in our endeavors
to grow in understanding of basic truth, something of the sim
plicity of the flowers, in our faith and acceptance of spirit guidance.
Give us somewhat of that wonderful power that sweeps the earth
in storm and wind; something of the steadiness of the stars that
nightly shine and the sun that wanes not. No common care would
we neglect, but with faithful performance sanctify every deed and
act. So we ask that the wise spirits, who are ever ready to guide
and to help even the weakest child of earth, may draw near to us
and teach us the way to everlasting peace. Amen.
Reading: Self-Reliance
Trust thyself: The man with greatness of soul is he who in the
midst of the crowd keeps with perfect composure the independence
of solitude, who under the weight of great misfortunes keeps a
serene and equal mind.
If we live truly, we shall see truly and our intellectual and
emotional faculties will be more accurately attuned to nature. Let
us be strong and refuse to be weak; let us think for ourselves and
not be overawed by so-called ancient authority.
When the mind in its revived vigor takes hold of new concep
tions, we shall gladly unburden the memory of its hoarded load of
misconceived doctrines.
When a man lives with the Divine, the grosser concepts gradu
ally fall away from him, his mental horizon becomes clarified, his
heart becomes more tender, his voice becomes as sweet as the murmur
of the brook and the rustle of the corn, but his resolution becomes
firmer and his courage dauntless.
Insist on thyself; do not imitate; yet imitation is better than
stagnation. Thine own gift thou canst present every moment with
the cumulative force of a whole nations cultivation; but of the
adopted talent of another thou hast only a temporary half-possession.
97
98
IN V OCA TION AND READIN G No. 4
That which each can do best none but Nature can teach him. Do
that which is justly assigned to thee, be it great or small, for thou
canst not hope too much or dare too much, nor canst thou be abased
by faithfully performing small duties.
The patriarchs have delivered words of wisdom for the benefit
of those who aspire for and seek inspiration:
Each man to himself and each woman to herself is the word of
the past and present and the true word on immortality.
No one can acquire for another not one; no one can grow
for another not one.
No man is ever poor who looks for what he wants within
himself.
Behold a part of Divinity itself within thee: remember thine
own dignity, nor dare to descend to evil or to meanness.
Respect thine own nature; but to do this, thou must have
things within thee to respect.
T o thine own self be true and it must follow, as the night
the day, thou canst not then be false to any man."
Thus have great minds impressed upon us mans capacity for
using divine powers. How the thought of the dignity, the nobility
and the spiritual potency of man lifts us from the dust! With this
thought held firmly in mind no man can occupy a servile position
in the world no man can be a slave.
Being aware of the inherent powers of the soul, man must
ever seek to make them dominant in the outward life. T o do this,
he must be ever true to the inward light which maketh all things
plain and shines for the guidance of all the nations.
Benediction
May the presence of your spirit loved ones ever envelop you
with spiritual power, protecting and guiding you always. Amen.

Invocation
O Spirit of Infinite Wisdom and Love, we yearn to come into
a more perfect understanding of things spiritual. W e aspire to
express more of the beauty of the higher life: that sweet spiritual
life which breathes upon a world weary and heavy-laden with heart
aches and pains. With this deep purpose, this lofty ideal always
before us, there is no yearning for former pleasures, no desire to
seek the material conditions of life; but always a desire to strive
for the purer and nobler things of the intellect and soul. We
earnestly pray that we may always see the blessing shining through
every dark and painful condition. When in our service to our
fellow man, we become weary and downhearted, may the spirit
messengers of light and love bring us comfort relief and encourage
ment. May we join forces with those ministering angels bringing
consolation to the downcast, happiness to the sad, love to the friend
less and hope to the despairing. Amen.
Reading: Death, the Gateway to Life.

Let us consider the mission of Death. Millions through the
ages have beheld death with terror. Let us dispel the gloom. O death,
thou givest a broader liberty, a more glorious freedom to the soul.
The door of thy castle swings inward, noiselessly opening upon
enchanted chambers, radiant with unwonted light and glory, such
as earth hath never known.
Thou kisseth down the eyelids in sleep, O death and dost
imprint upon the lips the seal of immortality. Beautiful indeed at
thy gentle touch hath been the awakening into new experiences.
Not into a new life but into a new individual experience, for
it is the same life that has unfalteringly kept its march through the
ages and thou bringst its fuller realization.
New fields, O human Soul, lie open before thee; loftier heights
than ever thy feet have scaled stretch up and on before thee.
Death hath not robbed thee of thy treasures. All the good thou
hast done, all the noble thoughts thou hast expressed, live and are
with thee still. O death, thou holdst within thy hands the key
which unlocks the door of space and time.
99
100
Art thou bereft of friends and loved ones? Doth sorrow rest
heavily upon thy aching head? and doth thy tired spirit seek for
rest? Thou are not alone; thy friends and loved ones were never
so near to thee as now. All fetters broken, thy friends can draw
nearer to thee now than ever before.
The sweet communion of spirit with spirit shall cool thy fevered
aching brow, and assuage thy lurking sorrow. Thy heart bowed
down shall beat again with lightness and with ecstasy.
Rest shall thou find O Soul in the midst of thy sorrow, and
thou shalt hold divinest communion with kindred spirits. What
more exalting and uplifting than the communion and fellowship of
emancipated spirits! In silence, soul speaks to sou l; thought leaps
forth without sound; intelligence is transmitted upon gentle waves
of ether.
Then hast thou O Soul, realized thy relationship with Eternal
Spirit. The spirit of man is indestructible, his soul immortal, his
individuality everlasting, therefore let us not mourn and lament
over Death for Death is the gateway of life.
Benediction
May the understanding of our minds, the meditation of our
hearts and the obedience of our will to the still small voice within,
lead us to live our Spiritualism with fidelity and fearlessness. Amen.

Invocation
O Spirit of Infinite Love and Tenderness, we lift our hearts
in grateful assurance that in answer to our aspirations, strong and
wise and lofty spirits will come to guide direct and guard us.
The yearnings of our hearts to do, to work, to serve, must ever be of
some service in the world. The desire to create something of hap
piness and peace and joy in the troubled hearts of those who suffer,
must ever find its answer in a better life, a better order in the com
munity, a more spiritualized people. Though sometimes the shadows
fall across our pathway and the light is shut away from us and we
see only dimly the steps we are to take, yet we know spirit power is
guiding us, that the love of our spirit people is supporting and sus
taining us. Wherever there is a heart that aches, wherever shadow
brings tears of sadness or distress, there may we go, and with this
truth of the tender love and ministering spirits bring understanding,
love and joy. Amen.
Reading: True Religion

True religion leads us to live better and truer lives.
It makes us observe a stricter honesty in all our dealings with
mankind.
It causes us to search our own hearts and make them clean and
pure free from all taint of selfishness free from everything that
can debase.
It implants within us principles and motives which help us to
withstand all the evil temptations which beset the pathway of life.
Gautama Buddha said: Ones own self it is indeed difficult to
subdue. A voice from the spirit has told us that virtue is the
exercise of sufficient will power to avoid that which is hurtful.
Progress in personal morality is possible for every human being
and to aid in this progress is the aim of all true religion.
There is a commandment which echoes through every human
breast, saying:
Be thou perfect; conform thy life to high standards. Man is
his own savior, and the soul that can render an honest and aspiring
life commands all light, all influence, all fate.
101
102
IN V OCA TIO N AND READ IN G No. 6
Let us labor until there shall be a grand unison of efforts toward

a common goal, whose achievement shall uplift the race, whose
coming shall send gladness to the hearts of those who are weary
and heavy-laden.
Work is an element in developing our spirits, when done with
fidelity and purity of purpose; therefore, work enters into the results
of all true religion. Yea, work is a joy, both for the doer and the
person for whom it is done, when it is consecrated by brotherly-love.
Such work bears an invisible flower and fruit the flower and
fruit of character, of real accomplishment, of true religion. True
religion encourages men to mutual helpfulness, to generosity and
to kindliness in word and deed.
Under its influence we are led to stretch a helpful hand to
those who are bruised or broken to make sorrow more endurable
and temptations easier to conquer, to make the losses lighter and to
lift the sense of shame from the sinful soul.
Then may we exclaim with the poet:
Through love to light! Oh, wonderful the way
That leads from darkness to perfect day;
From darkness and from dolor of the night
T o morning that comes singing oer the sea!
Through love to light! Through light, O God, to thee,
Who art the Love of love, the Eternal Light of light!
Benediction
May the light of truth shine in your lives and the potentialities
of spirit unfold, that you may realize through your inner conscious
ness, your at-one-ment with Infinite Intelligence. Amen.

Invocation
O Spirit of Infinite Love and Tenderness, we lift our hearts
in praise and joy and thanksgiving for the blessed opportunity of
opening the door of that other life that our beloved in spirit may
come through to give us wisdom, strength and understanding. So
vast is this wonderful opportunity, so far extending in its power
and its beauty, that we cannot at once come into the full realization
of it. This much we do know, that love finds its own and speaks
out of its heart all of the experiences that may benefit humanity.
Like children groping through the darkness and seeking for the
loved hand, listening for the voice that is dearer and sweeter than
all the music in the world, we come today and listen again, not
only for our own, but perchance to catch the message from some
one who yearns to find the old home and the old associations.
The sweetest expression for spiritual life is service, so we offer
ourselves for the service of the spirit world. May they find us
ready. May they find no wilfulness, no inharmony, nothing which
shall impede their free and full expression. Bless us in our under
taking, help us to grow in wisdom. Amen.
Reading: Divinity of Nature

Natures demands are the only true guides to usefulness, probity
and progression. To know these demands is all we need to know ;
faithfully to comply with them is all we need to do, if we would
become all we are designed to be and all we are capable of being.
He who most perfectly understands the demands of Nature, in
regard to his own and his neighbors body and soul, most perfectly
understands the operations of that Infinite Intelligence which mani
fests itself in all nature.
He walks in the light and lives in the right, who seeks the truth
in Natures book and moulds his life accordingly. We and our
neighbors are parts of Nature, therefore, what we do to our neigh
bors, we do to ourselves. Every act reflects upon ourselves.
Let this be the one controlling thought in our treatment of the
men, women and children around us. Every indignity shown to our
neighbor is an indignity to ourselves; every insult or wrong done
103
104
IN V OCA TION AND R EADIN G No. 7
man, woman or child, of whatever country, color or condition, is

done to ourselves.
What we feel toward our neighbor, is a measure of our nobility
or littleness of soul. T o love our neighbor, is to love the divinity in
man. Those whose loving and tender reverence for their fellow-kind
is so profound as to make them prefer to die rather than to injure
the least of them, are the only ones who really perceive the grandeur
of the divine life.
Let us inspire our neighbors, by our actions, with an idea of
the divinity of human nature. Let us purify the magnetic atmosphere
in which we move and dwell, that it may be radiant with health
giving forces.
Let us be reverent, so that sweet peace may come into our souls
like the rosy morning light into the bosom of the opening blossom.
Let our hearts and souls be clean pure sweet temples fit for
the divine to dwell therein. Let each one of us obey his deepest,
highest and purest promptings.
The glory is his, who has been noble and mighty in word and
work, who has felt the truth and even at the price of his own blood
has sought to make it triumph. In his soul shall be outwrought
every demand of divine Nature. In the spiritualization of mankind,
Natures divine harmonies are perfected.
We are all architects, builders and decorators and our work is
beautiful or unsightly, as we obey or disobey Natures divine de
mands. He who simply indulges in carnal ease and pleasure, is in
danger of losing his highest self for a long and painful night, among
the dark and heavy shadows.
He who is ever faithful to his best ideals, through changes and
fatigue, through opposition and injury, shall reach the loftiest spir
itual heights and hold communion with saints and sages.
Benediction
May the philosophy of the continuity of life and the communi
cation of spirit enlarge your spiritual horizon, bringing into view
your sacred duty to self and to all mankind to love and serve one
another. Amen.

Invocation
Again the day dawns; again the sun is shining; and the song
birds sing and all the world is awake with gladness and joy. Only
the hearts of those who do not feel the glory of living, the joy of
life, the peace of progress, are sad and unhappy. Help us, O Angel
Loved Ones, to rise above the doubts, the fears, the pains and the
anguish of this life, that we may be fitting instruments to carry the
word of assurance, of knowledge, of love, to all who are in the
shadows and have not yet found comfort for their souls and who
are ignorant of the fact of spirit communication. The knowledge of
this communication is the golden thread which glorifies and sanctifies
and beautifies whatever of the sombre shade may work itself into
the fabric of life. Open our natures to great revelations; give us
eyes to see, ears to hear, and hands to do; that we may work with
greater efficiency and zeal for those who labor with little hope of
reward in this life and vision no life beyond the portals of the tomb.
Bless us in our effort to bring to the attention of humanity the gospel
of the continuity of life. Give us patience in the work and keep our
hearts ever understanding and sympathetic. Amen.
Reading: Road to Happiness

Would you be happy while you dwell on earth? If so pull
up the thorn trees from the garden of your life and plant in place
thereof the myrtle trees of affection. Then will your days be filled
with sunshine and your paths be paths of peace.
Would you be a daily blessing to your neighbors? If so, cast
upon the vibrating ether tender thoughts of loving kindness daily,
for they shall find lodgment in some heart.
D o you long for opportunities to become good and great? If
so, conquer self, master the unruly passions, cultivate the intellect
and apply your powers for humanitys good.
Are you in love with life? If so, know thyself, for in so
doing you shall learn the laws which expand and prolong life and
you shall perceive the nobility of giving no unnecessary pain to any
living creature.
Do you seek knowledge? If so despise not the small things;
105
106
deem nothing too sacred for honest investigation; sound the reasons
for things, meditate upon the wisdom of the learned, but accept only
Truth as a final authority.
Are you in sorrow and in need of consolation? If so, go forth
on some errand of mercy; minister unto the sorrowing; speak words
of comfort to the distressed and the despairing, for thus shall you
find what you impart to others.
Are you distressed with thoughts of the wrongs done? If so,
resolve to do wrong no more; open the windows of your soul and
let the sunshine in ; seek the companionship of the good, ask for the
aid of invisible helpers and set yourself some worthy task.
Are you satisfied with self? If so, learn from the truly great
and good how small are your attainments, how crude your develop
ment; look into the starry heavens and learn to be humble; seek to
answer the questions of a child and learn the limitations of your
wisdom.
Benediction
May the knowledge and proof of spirit communication make
Life more understandable and Death, our friend. Amen.

Invocation
Through meditation in the depths of silence, we would rise
to greater wisdom and spirituality. Into the vast universe of truth
we would send our spirits to be bathed in the purifying currents of
love, that we may live the life for which we yearn and toward which
our souls aspire. W e would be made strong by the inflowing of
Infinite Love; we would patiently endure whatever falls to our lot,
knowing that the path of rectitude leads up and out to glorious
beauty, freedom and light. We would not selfishly strive to achieve,
nor shirk the labor fraught with pain and suffering. With the
strong arms of faith and tenderness, we would hold all the souls
that reach out to us for help or strength. Though we sometimes may
be weary and discouraged, yet through every wearisome and discouraging hour the bright light of knowledge shines and makes the way
clear. We are thankful for the renewed spiritual power which comes
to us when we enter the silence to hold communion with the
spirit world. We pray that we may be instrumental in bringing
many others to a realization of this great truth, that we may bring
peace to the troubled heart and comfort to the suffering soul. May
every word that is here spoken be filled with devotion. May harmony
prevail and may we all feel that it is good to be here. Amen.
Reading: Into the Silence

In the silence would I walk with thee. There would I adorn my
thoughts with noble ideals. There would I develop and strengthen
my character. In this silence geniuses are born. Out of the infinite
depth of silence proceeds all that is. In the silence awe and reverence
abide with me, the great wave of truth envelops me and purifies my
soul, urging me to scale the heights, and be glorified by the light that
glows and plays forever above their summits.
What power there is in silence: there, resolutions are formed,
sublime conquests effected. Here the soul secretly feels the power of
Infinite Intelligence and emerges strengthened. In the silence com
mune with thyself; find there thy mission in the world. There let
the message come to thee that thou shalt give unto those who have
107
108
become seekers after the light. In the silence find the glowing path
way of the spirit. Humble though thy work may be, lowly thy
mission in the world, thou shalt learn its meaning, and thou shalt
be contented to labor and to wait. Thy soul shall be blessed with
the rich increase of celestial knowledge, all perplexities shall vanish,
all troubles shall cease, all sorrow be assuaged. The clouds shall lift
and ineffable light encompass thee. Thy soul shall find its own
and commune with the loved ones in the voiceless language of the
soul. From the silence thou shalt return, seeking no longer far and
wide thy mission in the world, for thy message in glowing, burning
eloquence speaks in every act. Obey the voice that speaks when
all other voices are silent and all will be well with thee.
In the silence, I lift my thoughts to the angels, yea, even unto
the Infinite, pleading for food such as earth giveth not. I thirst for
the great draughts of light that flood the upper heavens and I hun
ger for the inspiration of great and noble minds. Beneath all is
dark, above all is light, then be lifted up to realms celestial. Let
calmness and peace steal over thee that the world is unable to give
or take away.
Benediction
May normalcy of health, peace of mind and calmness of spirit
attune you with the Infinite that all may be well with thee. Amen.

Invocation
O Eternal and Everlasting Spirit of the Universe, we would
reverently take up the duties of life ; we would pursue our way along
the path which leads through the busy haunts of men, to take by the
hand those who have struggled, who are yearning, who are weeping
and frightened; we would give them the light which has come to
us through the ministrations of loving spirits; we would whisper to
them words of cheer and encouragement and give them a glimpse
of the spiritual heights and of the life beautiful. W e would lead
men to a better understanding of the great forces of life and of the
wonderful opportunities that await the spirit in the life hereafter.
O Divine Spirit, give us a truer appreciation of the nobility and
grandeur of struggling upward, onward and forward. May spirit
loved ones help us in every effort to improve ourselves and encour
age us in our endeavors to uplift our fellowmen and make their lives
sweeter and brighter. Amen.
Reading Inspiration
Believe in self. Know you are a god in embryo! This is the
sublimest and most comforting fact in the world, giving assurance
of mans individualized eternal existence. Man is a conscious entity;
in consciousness lies character. Eternal life begins when man begins
to live his divinity, the higher side of his character.
When man has risen to the height where he recognizes the
divine in the world in himself and in his fellowman, he realizes his
own immortality and yeams to express that love which is within.
It is the same love that permeates us with reverent faith and
tender affection for our departed which brings back the hosts of
men, women and children from the higher life.
Hearts are dust, but hearts loves are eternal and inspire man
to greater spiritual light, for the attainment of his ideals. In his
efforts he pronounces his own eulogy in the influence he exercises
as it affects the lives of his fellows.
In aspiring, man increases his knowledge, widens his horizon
of understanding, deepens his thought, attains a culture of conscience
and the apprehension of his eternal existence. Aspiration precedes
109

inspiration. Through it man attains a self-development that lifts
him to a higher and nobler conception of life s duties and privileges.
He develops reason and judgment, qualities that are never in
stantaneous.
Man receives inspiration from the achievements of the great,
past and present, realizing all comes from Spirit. If man heeds
the promptings of Spirit, his life may be an inspiration to others.
He is inspired only in ratio as he hears and obeys that still small
voice within. Inspiration reaches man consistent with his fitness
and capacity to receive. Aspire to be a fit receptacle! Set an ideal!
Aspire! and inspiration will bring great and enduring accomplish
ments
There are no dull moments for an inspired mind. Life is rich
and productive in proportion as one begins each day with right in
tent and applies himself with sincerity and diligence to the task
before him, determining his degree of success and happiness.
What inspiration is keener that Spiritualism? When man
realizes his departed loved ones are ever within sight, sound and
touch, trying to impress him, surely this fact inspires him to be a
better person and aspire to higher ideals.
Heed the impressions from the Spirit World hear and respond,
do not ignore. Be inspired through Natures lessons in this world.
Realize all we have do or are, are the expression of some inspiration.
Holy Writ teems with it, proving it a plural process. When a
Voice from the Beyond spoke to the prophets of old it spoke
through them to a ll p e o p le. Likewise: Pass the joy and knowledge
y o u receive on to others. Remember! SO M EBOD Y is waiting for
your inspiration.
Benediction
May the blessings of the Spirit World be showered upon you
like the rains of Spring, fertilizing the spiritual seed planted in your
minds tonight, bringing forth a harvest of spiritual good that you
may go forth in a more sincere, earnest endeavor to obtain more and
greater knowledge regarding life here and hereafter. Amen.
110

Invocation
O Infinite Spirit of Wisdom and Love permeating this entire
universe with greatness immeasurably beyond the grasp of finite
minds, reveal to us avenues through which we can better seek the
true and the beautiful; and, through which we may be enabled to
gain in knowledge and strength to overcome our weakness spiritual,
moral, mental or physical; and, through which we may attain happi
ness and come closer en rapport with the spirit world. Grant us
courage and wisdom to do our duty at all times; to endure with
patience the trials that beset our path; to aid others wisely and
effectively; impress us to have charity and compassion for those who
are weaker than ourselves; give us strength to resist temptation;
bless us through the knowledge of the presence and the help of
ethereal visitors, that we may fit ourselves for the company of the
pure and upright, here and hereafter. Amen.
Reading: Wisdom and Love

Love and Wisdom are the handmaidens of Divinity; they give
strength and righteousness to character and right direction to action
and thought. To know ones self is wisdom; and to judge justly,
to think purely, and to act charitably are the fruits of wisdom.
The lips of the wise man dispense knowledge; but the heart of
the foolish breeds confusion. Through experience and knowledge,
wisdom cometh to him who seeks to harmonize his life with Natures
divine order.
Wisdom is one of the principal things; therefore, get wisdom;
for in getting wisdom thou shalt surely get understanding. Happy
is the man who getteth wisdom and hath understanding, for he shall
stand before the great and mighty, calm and dauntless.
The possession of wisdom is of greater value than much silver
or fine gold; and more to be desired than empty honor, fleeting
place and fickle favor. Wisdom is more precious than rubies; and
all the wordly things thou canst desire are not to be compared with
her.
Her ways are ways of pleasantness and all her paths are
peace. She giveth length of days and a quiet breast to those who
111
112
hold and retain her teaching. Wisdom is a shining lamp to him who
holds fast to her along life s stony road.
Wisdom is a grateful remedy for the biting ills of life; it is a
strong lever wherewith we may lift the heavy weight of sorrow from
the soul. Wisdom is the bridge which spans the wild stream of
ignorance and carries us safely over the stormy waters of passion.
Across life s sea to the haven of death, Wisdom is the strong
bark which weathers wind and wave.
Be humble, if thou wouldst attain to wisdom, for it abideth not
in the bosom of the proud and self-satisfied. Trim the lamp of wis
dom; let its rays shine into the dark corners of the world, to guide
the feet of the erring ones and to give hope to those whose spirits
are dark with error. Wisdom united with love giveth the spirit great
strength to achieve and to endure.
To love is to expand the affections; it is the death of selfishness.
Love removeth all unkindness, therefore, love one another. Love
floweth from a sweet and wholesome fountain, and blessed are they
who quench their thirst thereat.
Love hath prophetic eyes; it seeeth the triumph of good in the
darkest hour; it forsaketh never, but findeth its own and keepeth
it safe.
Love is the fulfilling of the law. Love is the greatest thing in
the world. Love is the greatest thing in the universe. God is
Love.
Benediction
May effort, wisely directed, bring into your consciousness the
proof of everlasting life, the joy of spirit communication and the
knowledge of life in active progressive realms beyond the plane of
mortality. Amen.

Easter
Invocation
O Great Guiding Force from out the Land of Spirit! may
ve in our privileged hour of communing in sacred fellowship, be
vorthy of its true import and radiance, be captives of the impres
sions and impulses coming from the World of Spirit. May our
ninds awaken to a deeper understanding of this Great Truth, that
we may be guided in appreciation of the great art of Mediumship.
May we guard and reverence this demonstrator of our Cause. May
the eager expectancy that led us into this dawning Truth be re
warded by the kindling of the flame of consciousness of the nearness
of the great Summerland to us. May we eagerly and earnestly seek
the great riches which this beautiful Truth holds and be capable of
visioning what its acceptance can mean to us through living its
beautiful philosophy. Amen.
Easter
And if Christ be not risen, then is our preaching vain and your
faith is also vain.
Easter is the story of the Cross and the Crow n: of Effort and
Reward: of Resurrection.
At this Season, we tender our tribute of praise for the resur
rection of the Springtime, for its lessons that give birth to everlasting
hope. As Mother Earth at Eastertide dons her robes of Spring,
having faith in the productivity of the soil, so Jesus donned His
robe of Immortality having faith in the persistence of the soul.
Easter has a universal significance, but the keynote is found
in the idea of Resurrection. It proves that the personal identity of the
individual continues after death. Jesus rising from the dead im
pinged upon the consciousness of man the fact that life includes a
resurrection for all. His demonstration of this important cycle in
mortals eternal existence is proof of the continuity of life and the
basis of mans conviction that Immortality is a fact. This episode
transmuted faith into knowledge. It unlocked the doors of the soul
to trust, hope, knowledge and wisdom, through the proof that death
could not conquer, nor the tomb imprison.
113
114
IN V OCATION AND R EADIN G No. 12
Man has ever lived in Eternity. Throughout eons of time

countless millions have preceded us. All mankind did not begin
life at the same time, have not lived under like conditions, why
should all mankind be resurrected at one time, or under like con
ditions? Nothing in Nature lends proof to such a theory. Natural
Law demonstrates that in each day, each year, each life, the cycle of
birth, death and rebirth are constantly taking place.
Why was Jesus crucified and resurrected? T o expiate our
errors? No, so the great Christ Principle which He taught and
so ably exemplified, might forever endure.
The Easter Story carries many significant lessons for the Spirit
ualist and demonstrates several phases of mediumship.
Prophecy: Today thou shalt be with me in Paradise.
Levitation : In the lifting of the stone.
Apportism: In the disappearance of His Body.
Materialization: When He appeared before His disciples.
Independent Voice: When He spoke to His disciples all gov
erned by Natural Law. If demonstrations of Psychic Phenomena
today are not produced through manipulation of the same law, the
same Spirit Power why did He say: Greater things than these
shall ye do. Go thou and do likewise.
He demonstrated qualities that prepare the inner self for spirit
ual mediumship, viz.: unselfish love, boundless sacrifice, endurance,
courage, serenity and loyalty.
I have overcome the world! Death held no fear for Him.
Life is universal and persistent. Earthly life is but a moment in
Eternal Time. This thought must have been embedded in His inner
consciousness. Does it not account for the calm and composure that
quietly steals oer one when the shades of eventide begin to fall?
When about to bid adieu to Earth, Daniel Webster exclaimed,
I still live.
John G. Whittier said: Goodbye, Give my love to the world."
Victor Hugo said: I shall go to work again in the morning.
Robert Browning excaimed: Never say to me that I am dead.
The thought of immortality was music to their souls.
Eastertide occurs in the existence of all mankind causing life
to break into eternal bloom.

Thanksgiving
Invocation
O Great Infinite Spirit of the Universe, in this cloistered hour
when we are privileged to commune with our seen and unseen
friends, may our souls be bathed in the peace of the hour, the
sympathy, understanding and friendliness of those around us. May
we bring our busy trouble-ridden lives into such mental poise and
inner quietude that our interest in life may be rekindled and re
strengthened. May we have such constancy and fortitude that on
the morrow, when the daily wheels of life wear ruts in our souls,
new avenues of helpfulness will open to our vision and expression,
through which will pour our gratitude for all the blessings and
lessons of life. May we be truly thankful for this beautiful Truth
of Spiritualism that enables us to study the seeming mysteries of life
and assists us in understanding the method and object of the mani
festations of Spirit and Spirit Power. May communication between
the two worlds of expression be mutually beneficial. Amen.
Reading Thanksgiving
Let us give thanks for health, home, children, friends, comforts,
kindly words and deeds, happy thoughts and guidance in our daily
work.
Let us give thanks for the Pilgrim Spiritualists who so bravely
forsook traditional religions, creedal theologies, public opinion yea,
even families and friends, encountering prejudice, scorn and criti
cism to explore, through spirit contact, that great New Country
revealed through the psychic gifts of the little Fox sisters.
May we ever be mindful of the hardships, prayers and labor
they lived that the barriers of hyprocritical observance of old cus
toms, hide-bound religion and dearth of opportunity for spiritual
self-expression might be forever broken down.
Let us give thanks for their undaunted allegiance to Truth; their
ignoring time-honored dogmas, superstitions and fears in their
perseverance to prove inter-communication between incarnate and
decarnate spirit entities, a fact. No disappointment, no sacrifice, no
115
116
ridicule was too great to deter their efforts in blazing the trail that
established Modern Spiritualism as the emancipator of all religions.
How reverently thankful we should be for that pioneer pilgrim
spirit that has given mankind proof of spirit return, spirit communi
cation, continuity of life and a permanent home beyond the Western
Gate.
All mortals are spiritual pilgrims.
The pioneer Spiritualists were dauntless in exploring the Spirit
World, giving their findings to mankind, proving to the intelligent
unbiased thinking individual that creeds, tenets and rituals can be
obliterated from mind and conscience in exchanging dogma for
scientific proof. Through their untiring efforts the blessed Gospel
of Spiritualism has given the world a sensible, logical understanding
of Heaven and Hell, a more understandable and more acceptable
idea of God, proof of immediate resurrection at transition, has taken
the sting and fear from death, has answered mans eternal question
regarding his future state, has proven it is the Beacon Light of Hope
illuminating our pathway to the Spirit World.
For this knowledge and these blessings that bring such gladness
into the human heart, we offer Thanks.
May we ever graciously remember all who have given so liber
ally of their time, loyalty and ability! They have sown bountifully,
may they reap abundantly!
Benediction
May the issues of our lives harmonize with Natural Law and
our Gospel of Spiritualism advance throughout the entire world,
until All can say: In the Name of Truth, Amen.

Christmas
Invocation
O Great Infinite Spirit, as man is caught up in the spirit of the
happiest time of the year, grant to all, wisdom and willingness to
make proper preparations to receive and value the unspeakable gift
of Divine Love the gift to all peoples. May the joyous spirit of the
glad Yule Season suffuse mortals communion with the spirit world
with compelling assurance that departed loved ones still live and
love as before. May the glow of spiritual understanding warm hu
man hearts with brotherly, spiritual Love. May the ceaseless Christ
mas Spirit of Peace, Good Will on Earth, wholly possess the Earth,
reigning in the hearts of all. May the spirit of this occasion bring
man ever closer and closer to his beloved in spirit, and into his life
the Eternal things of this Blessed Season. Amen.
Reading Christmas
"It came upon the midnight clear,
That glorious song of old,
From angels bending near the earth,
To touch their harps of gold;
Peace on the earth, good will to men,
From heavens all gracious King;
The world in solemn silence lay
To hear the angels sing.
What sweeter thoughts can we have of the Christmas message,
and the Christmas scene, than are pictured in this sublime carol?
The only things absent are the glittering white snow, the moonlight
shining on the quiet country hills and their radiance gleaming against the windows on Christmas Eve.
An immortal beauty is re
flected from the presence of the angel host as they sang their Song
of Peace.
All the joys of Christmas and the happiness of the Christ Child
bless us as we contemplate the scene. Inexpressibly gracious is
the happiness reverberating round about us. In the hearts of the
117
118
Shepherds it vibrated, and so today we feel its echoes as we in

stantly join in a prayer of praise and thankfulness. Down to the
earth floats the Song as it compels us to join in with a prayer of
love and trustfulness. Its cadence utters everlasting peace. We
are transported into realms of great glory. It is the spiritual e s
sence of God.
From the celestial regions of the planets in starlit space, and
beyond their farthest reaches, came the angel host! They came from
the very presence of God. exalted with the spiritual message of
"Joy to the world, tidings of joy which shall be to all people.
God so loved the world that He sent the Angels to hearten
mens souls and bid them remember that God is Love. The majesty
of His love is the mainspring of all our spiritual safety and com
fort, now and forevermore! Throughout all creation it is manifested.
One writer has carried on the thought to us of the vastness of Gods
created worlds. He exclaims:
"1 am thrown into a kind of transport when 1 behold the
amazing concave of heaven, sprinkled and glittering with
stars.
My thoughts rove beyond the visible diurnal
spheres, and range through immeasurable regions of the
universe, and themselves among a labyrinth of worlds.
And not contented with knowing what is, they run for
ward into futurity. There they can never stop. The wide,
the boundless prospect lies before them.
He echoes some of the great thoughts of Joseph Addison, the
British poet, no has written:
" T is the divinity that stirs within us,
T is heaven itself that points out a hereafter,
And intimates eternity to man.
Eternity! thou pleasing, dreadful thought!
Through what variety of untried being.
Through what new scenes and changes must we pass!
The wide, the unbounded prospect lies before us!
God meant the soul of man to be joyful. We cannot praise God
with a sorrowing heart. Life should be a blissful, earnest ex
perience for us. The atmosphere of Christmas foretells for us the
joy that must be ours in the realms of eternity. The harmony of the
spheres proclaims it, and the love and affection we bear toward one
another mirrors it in the hearts of men.
119
Heralded by angels, the Christ Child is the harbinger of eternal

happiness. The light that shone from the stars upon the manger
bed prefigured the love of God to mankind. The babes gentle smile
held the radiance of the Holy Spirit as it beamed upon those first
beholders, brought down from Heaven to become the Eight of the
World. No light like it has since shone through earths darkness to
have hope, and the confidence we place in Marys son liftsusfrom
sorrow and despair.
We seek to reflect the happiness and brightness of that holy
Christmas in our celebrations of it; such joy and brightness, and a
likeness of its atmosphere, adorns our home. The family circle is
its altar and the Christ is enthroned in the midst of it. Our custom
of gift-giving is inspired by the Gifts of the Magi, the Three Wisemen, . The love in their hearts made precious their offering. So
we express our love for each other at the Christmas season. No
member of the family and the circle of dear friends is left out of the
Christmas list. How eagerly our hearts quicken at the sight of our
names upon the Christmas package! All this truly in the name of
the Babe born in Bethlehem that starry night. Perhaps we, too,
sing our sweetest carols and chant the Angels Song, "P eace on
Earth, Good Will to Men.
The whiteness of a Christmas in the country thrills us. There
is a solemn stillness as we respond to its charm. A poet has
pictured it for us:
"December morning, cold and crisp and sparkling.
Trees dressed in scintillating robes of white;
Across the hazy skyline, shafts of splendor.
Red, gold and mauve, part the curtains of the night.
We clasp hands as we stand around the Christmas tree. Our
eyes are misty with the soft kindness of low. We rejoice together
and tenderly murmur each others names, for this is a holy moment
and may never again come to us such completeness of family union.
The spirit of the Christ is upon us and his voice seems to speak to
us in soft benediction.
Yes, Happy Christmas, Merry Christmas! Tidings of great joy
spread through all the land. Spirit friends are very near us during
this beautiful Season and the harmony of their songs of love blend
with the majestic music of the spheres, and over land and sea
floats the blessed symphony, sounding forth the great love of God!
120
With renewed courage we are ready to start the New Year;

ready to meet the new experiences of life.
Then let us in the words of the Charles Dickens character,
Tiny Tim, fervently pray
"God B less Us Every One!
Christmas 1966
121
Modem Spiritualism
I beheld a golden portal in the vision of my slumber,
And from it streamed the radiance of a never setting day;
Whilst angels, tall and beautiful, and countless, without number,
Were giving gladome greeting to all who came that way.
And the gate, forever swinging, made no grating, no harsh ringing,
Melodious as the singing of one that we adore;
And I heard the chorus swelling, grand beyond a m ortals telling,
And the burden of that chorus was
H opes glad word evermore!
Psalms of Life (Emma Hardinge)
On March thirty-first, the Anniversary of Modem Spiritualism

is observed. In the year of 1848, tiny raps manifesting through the
mediumship of the Fox Sisters at Hydesville, New York, an
nounced to the world an intelligence personified beyond the grave.
An intelligence that was accepted as based on Natural Law and not
miraculous or supernatural as heretofore had been accepted. This is
the fact that distinguishes Modern from Ancient Spiritualism.
There have always been spirit manifestations and we need but
refer to races of the past; religious leaders and sensitives who were
guided by the voices from B e y o n d . Just recently the birthday of
Joan of Arc was celebrated in Domremy, Lorraine, France, where
in the Chehu woods, she heard the voices ; the command to lead
the French armies against the British invaders.
On the twenty-ninth of January was celebrated the Anniversary
of Emanuel Swedenborg, a remarkable Seer of pioneer days, who
was the first to conceive the spirit world as a realm of law. The
spiritual manifestations of Edward Irving from 1830 to 1833 and the
Shakers from 1837 to 1844 paved the way for the Hydesville mani
festations. Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, in T h e H i s t o r y o f S p ir itu a lis m ,
in speaking of the Shakers and their spirit visitors, "When the spirits
left they informed their hosts that they were going, but that presently
T H E OLD FOX COTTAGE, HYDESVILLE, N. Y.

(Removed to Lily Dale assembly grounds, Lily Dale, N. Y., 1916)
Destroyed by fire September 21st, 1955
::
'"
...
,.
#
i~'.f
-
... ..
'r
124
AN NIVERSARY SERV ICES
they would return and that when they did so they would pervade the
world and enter the palace as well as the cottage.
Just four years later, we find the strange happenings in the Fox
cottage and Elder Evans and another Shaker visiting the home,
where they were greeted with great enthusiasm from the unseen
guests.
The scene is laid at Hydesville, Wayne County, New York; a
small frame cottage where lived Mr. John Fox, his wife Margaret
and two young daughters, Margaretta aged fifteen and Kate aged
eleven. An elder daughter Leah was living in Rochester where she
was teaching music, and a son David was also away from home. The
manifestations occurring at this time are known the world over. The
code established between the sisters and the unseen guests; the
mystery of the pedlar, Charles B. Rosna as it was revealed through
the raps and later verified by the discovery of the pedlars pack. Not
until Nov. 22, 1904, was the skeleton unearthed, at the time when
school children were playing in the cottage and the walls caved in
revealing the mystery of the murder.
Turning to a former issue of T h e N a t i o n a l S p i r i t u a l i s t , we
find an interesting article written by the late Rev. Thomas Grimshaw
in which he tells us how the idea of the Anniversary of Modern
Spiritualism was first suggested. In a letter written by Mr. James
Lawrence on May 2, 1870 at Cleveland, Ohio, he states how, on Nov.
12, 1869, he received the following communication through the spiritdial known as Prof. H ares dial.
Some acknowledgment should be made of the most glorious
change, the advent of which has never yet been celebrated as a matter
of public rejoicing by the assembled multitudes of Spiritualists
throughout the land. Shall all the minor circumstances of earth-life
have their days of commemoration, and this glorious, new, and holy
dispensation be neglected? It is time some such tribute should be
paid to those who have thus presented to the world a means of
emancipation from error, such as will meet the requirements of all
a day of universal jubilee, to be observed through all coming time.
This communication was presented at the National Convention
the following year in the form of a resolution on the a d v ic e o f s p ir it
f r i e n d s a n d m y o w n c o n v ic tio n s. So we are indebted to Mr. James
Lawrence, the instrument through whom this communication was
given and through whose effort a resolution was passed inaugurating
125
March 31 as the Commemoration of the Advent of Modern Spir

itualism.
The resolution adopted by the convention was as follows:
Whereas Spiritualism has become a power in the land and
may be deemed the great growing religious idea of the country; and,
Whereas, It is well to revert to the time of small beginnings
and hold in remembrance the first pioneers in this Spiritual move
ment ; therefore,
Resolved, That this convention recommend to all State con
ventions and local societies to make the time of the appearance of
the Hydesville rappings an anniversary day, the services of that day
to be conducted in each locality as may be deemed most practical.
T h e r e s o lu t io n w a s u n a n im o u s ly adopted, a n d in r e s p o n s e t h e
31.ft o f M a r c h , 1870, w a s a lm o s t u n iv e r s a lly o b serv ed .

The Hydesville Cottage was destroyed by fire. Sept. 21,
1955..the Pedlars pack may be seen at Lily Dale Camp, New York.
On January twenty-fifth, we celebrate the Anniversary of the
founding of the Spiritualist Childrens Progressive Lyceum by An
drew Jackson Davis, 1863. The wonderful revelation that he had
of the teaching and training of the children in the spirit world and
his desire to give the child the same advantage and privilege in this
plane of existence.
It opened a new world to the adult as well as the child; to break
the bonds of ignorance and superstitions of old religious ideas. That
the child was a r e p o s it o r y o f in fin ite p o s s ib ilit ie s and not born in sin
and but needed training and an avenue of expression.
Spiritualism, in its entirety, has so much to offer. So many
valiant men and women have made invaluable contributions to make
the history of this organization. The fundamental principles, based
on the Declaration of Principles as adopted by the Parent Body, The
National Spiritualist Association of Churches, give us a working
hypothesis. If this thought is predominant, there need be no cere
monial rites observed, such as are too often borrowed from other
religious denominations, for effect and to attract attention.
K n o w y e the T r u th a n d th e T r u t h s h a ll m a k e y o u fr e e . The
Truth must be recognized from within and if we live this Truth as
we know it, believe it and affirm it, the ceremony need not be orna
mented merely to attract. We who believe, how well we know when
at the e v e n in g tim e o f life , or at any time when the call may come,
that no one can save us, that no one can stay our time, but unfiinch-
126
AN NIVERSARY SER V ICE S
ingly, unafraid and gladly do we go to meet our loved ones and

journey to our heavenly homes. Merely moving into a n o th e r r o o m ,
as has been said, and quoting from Lilian Whiting, L i f e h e r e a n d
l if e h e r e a f t e r is a ll o n e L ife , w h o s e c o n tin u ity o f c o n s c io u s n e s s i s
u n b r o k e n b y that m e r e c h a n g e in fo r m , w h o s e p r o c e s s w e c a ll D ea th .
For references on H is to r y o f S p ir itu a lis m , refer to M odern

A m e rica n S p ir it u a lis m by Emma Hardinge, H is to r y o f S p ir it u a lis m
by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, N.S.A.C. Correspondence Course, now
issued by Morris Pratt Institute, 11811 Watertown Plank Road,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
Anniversary Services of Modem

Spiritualism
America
Invocation
Poem
GRAND HALLELUJAH CH ORU S

(Composed in spirit-life by John Pierpont and given by
Miss Lizzie Doten)
W e have come unto the mountain and the city of our God,
T o the ways of truth and beauty by the souls perfected trod,
And the resurrection trumpet shall not wake us from the sod,
As we go marching on.
Glory, glory, Hallelujah!
Break the bread of consolation to the souls oppressed with care,
For in our Fathers mansions there is bread enough to spare,
And none need faint with hunger, while we have such blessed fare,
Chorus
Set the little children marching, with their banners in their hands.
And drill them into service with the brave old veteran bands,
Till the tramping of our army shall be heard in distant lands,
Chorus
Then shout your loud Hosannas to the lands beyond the sea,
Till the people of all nations are through the truth made free,
And join the swelling chorus in our song of Jubilee,
Chorus
From,
H i s t o r y o f A m e r ic a n S p ir itu a lis m ,
By Emma Hardinge.
127
128
ANNIVERSARY SER V ICES
Address
It is a time-honored custom among the nations of the earth
to celebrate the birthday of great and good personages and to set
aside as holidays those dates which mark important events, national,
political and religious, so that they may be annually observed with
appropriate ceremonies, thus to perpetuate their remembrances and
to secure for them the respect and veneration which their merits
demand.
So we are gathered here today to celebrate a most important
event which happened in a humble cottage in the obscure village
of Hydesville, in the State of New York, on the 31st day of March,
in the year 1848 an event which was the beginning of the now
world-wide religious and scientific movement known as Modern
Spiritualism. It was on this day and in this home, as you well
know, that intelligent communication was established between the
young Fox sisters, who were mediums, and then lived in this cottage
with their parents, and the de-carnate spirit of a man who some
years before had been murdered there.
In every civilized country on the face of the globe this golden
dawn of a new era is annually commemorated. The professed Spir
itualists, it is true, are still comparatively few; but the work of
demonstrating the fact of the continuity of human life has been going
on silently yet potentially, and there are thousands upon thousands
of people who are convinced of the genuineness of spirit phenomena
and the philosophy underlying them, who still lack the courage to
make the avowal. The time, however, is not very far distant when
multitudes of grateful people will celebrate with praise and thanks
giving the birth of this new dispensation, which gave us facts for
promises and knowledge for faith.
It is the mission of Spiritualism to revolutionize the world; to
sweep away the accumulated rubbish of centuries of ignorance and
superstition. It has come into the world as a light-bearer to those
who sit in the midst of darkness and desolation, revealing unto
them a new heaven and a new earth wherein dwelleth righteous
ness. It has come in answer to the earnest, intense longing of
human hearts everywhere, and has shown that there is a higher
and diviner life within the reach of all; that none are so unfor
tunately circumstanced not even the lowest and most degraded of
all humanity but that there is within each a spark of divinity
which shall ultimately triumph over all untoward environments and
129
bring forth, from the crude and chrysalis condition, the perfect man,
the aspiring and ascending angel. It has come as a messenger of
light and gladness to the bereaved and desolate, who, like Rachel of
old, are mourning for their loved ones and refuse to be comforted.
It has rolled away the stone from the sepulchers, and has said
unto the mourning: Behold! your beloved ones have arisen. With
the light of eternal truth it has demonstrated the existence of the
spiritual world of life and beauty lying all around you, awaiting the
coming of this angel to give you spiritual sight and hearing, that you
might perceive its divine harmonies.
As the click of the Morse telegraphic instrument, when it spelled
out the words, What hath God wrought? the first message sent
over the wire foreshadowed the doom of mans fixed ideas of inter
communication, so the raps at Hydesville presaged ue passage of
many fallacious theological doctrines which had for centuries been
taught to be infallible truths. A new gospel of love, justice and
mercy supplanted the old dogmas of a wrathful God and eternal
punishment. Voices from the spirit side echoed songs of gratitude
and happiness that there was still another chance for earths unfor
tunate children to retrieve their mistakes and commence a new and
higher life.
These spirit messages spread with lightning rapidity over the
whole civilized world. They are the leaven of truth which shall
eventually permeate all systems of religious thought, all forms of
government and all forms of scientific research, shaping and molding
them so as to give the highest expression to all that is noble and
divine in man. Since the advent of Modern Spiritualism, four
millions of human beings, who were bought and sold as the beasts
of the field, have been liberated from the shackles of slavery by
liberty-loving spirits, who, through the medium, Nettie Maynard,
counseled that grand, wise and tender-hearted man, Abraham Lin
coln, to issue the Emancipation Proclamation. Furthermore, Alex
ander the Second, of Russia, also freed twenty millions of serfs
by request of his spirit father, Nicholas the First. That great genius,
Thomas A. Edison, to whom the world is indebted for so many valu
able inventions, said on one occasion: Our brains are like records
that take impressions from environment. We get nothing from
within. People say that I have created things; I have never created
anything. I get impressions from the universe at large and work
them out.
Men are not always conscious of being guided by unseen pow-
130
AN NIVERSARY SER V ICES
ers. Many would scowl at the very suggestion. Yet conscious or

not, humanity at large represents only the outward effects of the
great invisible world of cause operating upon and through it. That
there always have been people who recognized spiritual guidance
and direction, history clearly proves. Through all the ages of the
past of which mankind has any record, be it either the written testi
mony of reliable witnesses, or the legendary fragments transmitted
verbally from parents to children, through successive generations,
history has revealed the fact of spirit communications having been
received by all nations and peoples on the planet.
It has been reserved for the spiritual man and woman of the.
present to obtain clearer views, more perfect knowledge, loftier ideals
and conceptions of life, physical and spiritual, than those of any
preceding age. The invisible world is daily becoming more visible
and real, and its divine harmonies are vibrating through every
sympathetic heart-throb of those whose souls are attuned to its
receptivity.
In the daily experience of every individual come little things,
unimportant in themselves, but often freighted with much weal or
woe to one or many. The spirit friends voice their messages in vari
ous and often peculiar ways. It may be a careless word spoken with
out thought or meaning by some friends and yet prove a message to
you sufficient to change the whole current of your life. It may be a
song or a strain of music from some grand organ that spoke to you,
more than anthem or sermon because it voiced the guardian angels
message in a language you could understand and interpret.
In all the departments of life, in every issue involving the high
est interest of mankind, the influence of Spiritualism has entered
with its benign and progressive light. Beginning at the fireside of a
humble home, with innocent children as its evangels, it has spread
over the whole world, to the cots of peasants and the palaces of
kings. It has entered halls of learning, courts of justice, the pulpits
of other faiths, legislative assemblies and scientific circles. Every
where it has left a glimmer of its brightness and a reflection of its
beauty. Spiritualism is universal in its application. It is no respecter
of persons. The high and the low, the rich and the poor, all come
within its encircling arms.
Spiritualism teaches continuous progressive unfoldment. It
does not say to the aspiring mind, Be content; remain where you
are; the past holds all the ideals you need or should imitate. It
says, Use your mind, cultivate your skill; develop your soul powers;
131
climb the heights and fear not; the universe and its glories are your
heritage; build your home among the stars.
Today we behold the harvest which the toilers who have passed
on have prepared; and as we gather in the golden sheaves let us
also sow the seed for future harvests.
Today holds the fulfillment of the promise of yesterday and
is the prophecy of tomorrow; and judging from its manifold vic
tories, its blessings and triumphs, its achievement in the field of
spiritual and scientific research, its greater light and knowledge of
the heretofore mysterious and incomprehensible country to which our
loved ones departed, when the awful silence of death fell upon them
what may we not hope and expect of tomorrow? Already do we
feel the ecstasy of the coming day throbbing and beating in the
bosom of the present. The present hour is pregnant with the unrevealed and hidden glory awaiting the fullness of time to gladden the
hearts of all humanity and fill the whole earth with its ineffable
splendor.
The gates which were just ajar in 1848, are now wide open and
coming and going upon the golden stairway are the whitely shining
feet of angels bearing their messages of love to men. Listening, we
can hear the sweet songs of gladness looking, we can behold their
radiant faces beaming with love and tenderness upon us and recog
nize among the happy throng the darlings of our hearts and homes,
who have only gone before us, leaving the door open behind them,
through which our longing eyes can follow them until they rest
upon the flower-decked borders, the evergreen mountains, the silver
seas, beautiful islands, glowing love-lit skies of the glorious
summer-land.
Selected Singing
Benediction
Gratitude Day Service

Selected Singing and Invocation
Reading of N.S.A.C. By-Laws
Article X, Section I. The last Sunday in March in each year
shall be known as "Gratitude Day on which day all auxiliaries,
and churches chartered by them shall hold a special service in honor
of the mediums who have devoted their lives to the Cause, and shall
take up a special collection for the Mediums Relief Fund.
Selected Singing
Address
One of the fairest flowers in the garden of the human heart is
gratitude. Its perfume is like the violets, rich and delicate. Grati
tude is the blossoming forth of silent appreciation into thankful
expression. It is the acknowledgment of benefits already received
by doing beneficial things in return, without the hope of future profit.
Gratitude is graceful, noble and unselfish. Its full measure can
seldom be discharged in words alone; these may, indeed, be pleasing
for a time, but when they continue to be unaccompanied by deeds,
when deeds are needed, words lose their savor and their sweetness.
The gratitude which is the theme of our service today, is both
sentimental and practical; it appeals to our hearts as well as to our
bounty; it calls for words as well as deeds. It is the kind of grati
tude which is due from Spiritualists to their needy but worthy
mediums, through whom the noble workers in the spirit realm have
given us so much consolation, instruction and practical advice.
Real gratitude is a rare virtue; it sits like a crown on the brow
of him who possesses it. Gratitude is often too long deferred. Some
times we forget to be grateful; sometimes we think our gratitude
unnecessary; sometimes we think it will be misunderstood and
sometimes our natures are cold and unresponsive to our benefactors.
Let us not be cold and unresponsive this day. Eulogies and me
morials, which follow the transition of faithful workers, come with
good grace from us, only when we have cheerfully done our duty
to them while they were in the earth life.
132
133
Let it never be said that other hands than those of Spiritualists

had to smooth the rugged road from this world to the world celestial
for our needy mediums. Let it never be said of us that we counted
our gold of greater value than the golden truths and the diamond
love messages which have come to us over the wireless waves of
mediumship from the land of hope and beauty.
There is no class or denomination of people, of whatever name
or condition, which has greater cause to be grateful for its faith
and its knowledge than the Spiritualists. For us the idea of a
jealous and revengeful God and the terrible doctrine of eternal
torment have forever passed away. New hope and new inspiration
for this life and a rational conception of life beyond the grave have
become our portion. A new heaven and a new earth have been
revealed to us.
We breathe the atmosphere of religious freedom; chiding no
man who sincerely differs from us and granting to all men the
right, in the quest of truth, to subject our tenets to the tests of logic,
morality and experiment. Our motto, in all things pertaining to
human welfare, is Upward and Onward. We follow the truth
wherever it leads, regardless of opposition or of standards established
upon false authority, for truth and God can not exist apart.
Since this spiritual light first dawned upon our souls, we are
able to endure the ills of this life with greater fortitude and its
joys have a deeper meaning and a sweeter essence for us. We are
emancipated from the fears and terrors which once checked our
aspirations and dwarfed our spiritual growth. The truth has made us
free. The sun shines clearer, ihe grass grows greener, the snow falls
whiter and the blossoms bloom brighter, since we first became pupils
in the school of Spiritualism. It has put a new song on our lips and
lifted the scales from our eyes. It has renewed our whole being.
We fear not to die honorably, since we have learned the true
meaning of death and know the deathlessness of human love. We
would live long enough to do some good for our fellow men, but in
whatever form or at whatever time death may overtake us, we know
it can be no lasting evil. We can now look with more philosophic
eye upon the calamities which befall mankind, knowing that in the
spirit land each spirit shall possess that which it cherishes most
knowing that nothing good is lost and that the pathway to reforma
tion and progression lies eternally unobstructed before every human
soul.
What sweet melodies seem to echo within us as we contemplate
134
G RA TITU D E DAY SER V ICE
the happy time of our reunion with friends and loved ones gone
before. It is comforting reflection that we shall know each other
there, that life there is as natural as life here and that we can still
be agents for good in both worlds. What a glorious privilege we
have enjoyed in holding communion with intelligences beyond the
border-line of this world.
When we consider that these things have come to us through
the instrumentality of mediums, devoted men and women, who have
given of their vital forces for our enlightenment and comfort and
submitted themselves to stand upon the brink between the spiritual
and the mortal, played upon by both, that they might catch the voice
or see the face toward which we yearned, then we can not withhold
our grateful thanks, our heartfelt appreciation. When we consider
that many of the mediums, who have brought spiritual light and the
knowledge of the continuity of life to the consciousness of men, have
borne the slings and darts of criticism, ridicule and discrimination,
then we must not forget to extend to them that moral support which
their sensitive natures so often need. When we consider that too
many of our best and truest mediums have for many years been
willing instruments, without demanding sufficient compensation to
meet the necessities of advancing age and that some of them are
now unable to provide for themselves the necessary physical com
forts, then we must not, we will not, withhold the generous, the
helpful hand.
There is no more graceful way of showing our gratitude to the
good and loving workers in the spirit world than to care for the
mediums whose bodies and brains they have so often used to give
spiritual manifestations for our good and the good of the whole
world. Let us, therefore, do our part; let us show our gratitude by
contributing as liberally as we can to this praiseworthy object.
Offering
Selected Singing
Benediction
Patriotic Service
Music Patriotic Airs
Invocation
Almighty and Everlasting Spirit, give us a true appreciation
of the benefits of human freedom; and let us never forget the
lives and treasures which have been sacrificed to establish it. Inspire
us with the courage ever to defend it and, if need be, to die in its
defense upon the field of battle; but most of all give us strength of
mind and resolution of soul to live right, and for the right and to
respect the rights of all men and nations. Make us and our de
scendants fitting and willing instruments to prepare the way for the
coming of that day.
When the war drum throbs no longer, and the battle flags are furl'd,
In the Parliament of Man, the Federation of the World.
Give unto the people of our country the wisdom and foresight
to preserve every principle of government which tends to make
their homes happy and to keep their souls unfettered and give unto
them the wisdom to eliminate whatever becomes a hindrance to their
progress or subversive of their liberty. Shield us against the evil
machinations of ambitious men. Enlarge our opportunities to edu
cate and unfold the youth. Bring us into close communion with the
patriots who have gone before, that we may always be impressed
by them to do that which will secure to us the greatest good and
the most lasting honor. May Justice, Mercy, Wisdom and Truth,
like guardian angels, ever attend us. And may the Republic, un
conquered and unharmed, ever hold aloft the Torch of Liberty for
the guidance of the nations, until liberty shall become the common
heritage of all mankind. Amen.
Recitation of Appropriate Patriotic Selection

Note: At this point with soft music an American flag is to be raised or
elevated in full view of the congregation and the following salute repeated
by them while standing:
135
136
P A TR IO T IC SER V ICE
Pledge to the Flag

I pledge allegiance to the Flag of the United States of America
and to the Republic for which it stands, one nation under God
indivisible, with liberty and justice for all.
Salute to the Flag

Hail Star-Spangled Banner! The sign of the free
Our hearts and our hands pledge allegiance to Thee.
W e salute Thee! and echo from shore unto shore
One country united! One flag evermore.
C. FANNY ALLYN.
National Anthem: The Star Spangled Banner

O say, can you see, by the dawns early light
What so proudly we hailed at the twilights last gleaming
Whose broad stripes and bright stars thro the perilous night,
O er the ramparts we watchd were so gallantly streaming
And the rockets red glare, the bombs bursting in air,
Gave proof through the night that our flag was still there;
Oh say does that Star-spangled banner yet wave
O er the land of the free and the home of the brave!
On the shore, dimly seen throthe mists of the deep,
Where the foes haughty host in dread silence reposes,
What is that which the breeze, o er the towering steep
As it fitfully blows, half conceals, half discloses?
Now it catches the gleam of the mornings first beam,
In full glory reflected, now shines on the stream;
O, thus be it ever when freemen shall stand
Between their loved homes and wars desolation
Blest with victry and peace, may the heaven-rescued land
Praise the power that has made and preserved us a nation
Then conquer we must, when our cause it is just,
And this be our motto, In God is our trust.
The American Flag

By L. C. H odgson
It is no fabric of silk or bunting no mere beautiful cloth woven
by human hands. It is a living thing, pulsing with the throbbing
137
ardors of humanity, glowing with the fervor of immortal hopes,

leaping out in ecstasies of love and dream. It is a song the song
of upward-looking men. It is an altar fragrant with sacrifice. It
is a garden wherefrom a nation grew, watered by the pure blood of
heroes. It is a Heaven wherein the sanctified are gathered. It is
the Home where freemen dwell. It is the battlefield whereon Honor
strikes its blow for the cause of God. It is a flame springing up to
consume injustice and wither the hosts of wrong. It is a voice that
speaks with the eloquence of graves where lie the bodies of those who
died to make a mean Purity and Righteousness. He who looks upon
that Flag with ransomed eyes beholds within its folds the valor and
the faith of Lexington and Gettysburg the blazing eyes of the em
battled farmers at Concord Bridge the fierce splendors of the ocean
that was the cradle of Paul Jones the clarion death cry above the
ruined Alamo the prayer of Washington at Valley Forge the
agony of Lincoln as he paced the midnight hours and, crowning
all, the wind-swept faces of boys whose bodies lie today along the
thunder-smitten hills of France. The Flag of the United States is
the Glory of God shining in the faces of those who dream of a world
made clean enough to be the dwelling place of God. It turns our
sorrows into exultation and our sacrifices into melodies of service.
For such a Flag true men will always gladly die for such a Flag
good men will always nobly live.
S o n g : A m e r ic a , t h e B e a u t i f u l
O beautiful for spacious skies, for amber waves of grain,

For purple mountain majesties, above the fruited plain!
America! America! God shed His grace on thee,
And crown thy good with brotherhood, from sea to shining sea!
O beautiful for heroes proved, in liberating strife,
Who more than self their country loved, and mercy more than life !
America! America! May God thy gold refine,
Till all success be nobleness, and evry gain divine!
Spiritualist Loyalty Pledge

We, as Spiritualists, believe that we are bound to feel and mani
fest toward our Country the purest, highest, most faithful patriotism
the world has known.
We believe that this nation was ordained and founded by a
138
P A TR IO T IC SERV ICE
Divine Plan, for express purposes, having for their object the en
lightenment and upliftment of Humanity.
We believe that one of these purposes and perhaps the greatest,
was the providing of a people, free in thought, fitted to receive and
understand the great truths which Spiritualism teaches and proves.
We believe that the Destiny of this Nation is by no means as
yet fulfilled and it is our duty as Spiritualists to support, in all
ways, our Country and labor to uphold its ideals to the Divine level
upon which they were launched.
We believe that it is a duty to live pure, upright, progressive
lives, such as are worthy of an inspired Nation, an inspired Anthem,
and an inspired Flag, so that, without shame and without reproach:
The Star Spangled Banner in Triumph shall wave,
O er the Land of the Free and the Home of the Brave.
H. E. Wheeler.
America
1. My country, tis of thee,
Sweet land of liberty,
O f thee I sing;
Land where my fathers died,
Land of the Pilgrims pride,
From every mountain side,
Let freedom ring.
3. Let music swell the breeze,

And ring from all the trees
Sweet freedoms song;
Let mortal tongues awake.
Let all that breathe partake,
Let rocks their silence break,
The sound prolong.
2. My native country, thee,

Land of the noble free,
Thy name I love;
I love thy rocks and rills.
Thy woods and templed hills,
My heart with rapture thrills,
Like that above.
4. Our father's God, to Thee,

Author of liberty,
T o Thee we sing;
Long may our land be bright.
With freedoms holy light.
Protect us by Thy might.
Great God our King.
Benediction
O Angels of the higher spheres, help us to walk in the light
as you are in the light; as yours is a life of harmony, so incline us
to be harmonious; as your life is governed by perfect law, so instruct
us to perfect our own laws; as yours is a life of love, so inspire us
to cultivate love; to the end that we may be good citizens of our
country and bring blessings to our fellow-men. Amen.
Service of Admission to Fellowship

N O T E: After inviting the candidates to come before or upon the plat
form, the minister, or in his absence the proper officer of the church or
society, may thus address them:
Address by Minister or Church Officer

Friends, you are about to be received into the membership of
this church upon the assurance of your sympathy with its purposes.
You are accepting this fellowship in order to assume certain obli
gations and to express in a public manner your sincerity in the step
you are taking. If you are willing to assume these obligations, you
will be expected to live up to them cheerfully and honorably. This
church imposes no heavy task on anyone. The essentials of a
religious life and character, the principles of charity and the spirit
of harmonious conduct are particularly emphasized by us. But,
before you can be admitted into full fellowship, I must ask you a
few questions to which your assent is required.
Questions
1. Have you tested to the satisfaction of your own mind the
sublime truth of spirit communication and accepted it as a means for
the upliftment of mankind?
2. Do you promise, in so far as it lies in your power, to con
form to your highest conception of right, morality and honor?
3. Will you aid and assist your worthy poor and suffering
fellow-men by supplying their physical needs, so far as you can
without injury to yourself or family and by giving them such
spiritual consolation as may be yours to impart whenever proper
opportunity offers?
4. Will you cheerfully contribute your just and rightful share
toward the support of this church (or society) and do all that you
can reasonably, to promote harmony among its friends and mem
bers and to make its influence a source of good in this community?
5. Do you affirm your acceptance of and belief in, the Decla
ration of Principles of the National Spiritualist Association of
Churches and do you promise to obey all the rules and regulations
enjoined by the Constitution and By-Laws of said association, of
our State Association and of this church (or society) ?
139
140
SER V ICE O F AD M ISSION T O FE L LO W SH IP
Having received your assent to the foregoing questions, I am

happy to welcome you into the membership of this Church. Here, 1
trust, you will always find the spirit of true brotherhood and in
struction necessary for your spiritual growth. Seek ever the path
of righteousness and the riches of the Spiritual Kingdom will
always be open unto you. I now extend to you the right hand of
fellowship and cordially welcome you into the membership of this
Church.
PRAYER
Infinite Spirit, as we have received brother (sister) into the
membership of this Church, we pray for divine guidance in all of
his (her) undertaking. May he (she) here find true fellowship and
spiritual consciousness. May the light of truth be his (her) con
stant source of inspiration as he (she) continues in his (her)
search ofor wisdom and understanding.
HYMN No. 164
Service of Naming Children No. 1

Invocation
Angels of light and love, draw nigh at this time and shed upon
this child the protecting power of your magnetic auras. Let no
unholy thing, no unholy influences, at this hour come between this
innocent young life and the influx of spiritual grace and strength.
In your wisdom, select for this child a bright guardian angel, to be
through life an inspiration for good and a warning against evil
and errors. Should great sorrow, strong temptation, or keen suffer
ing come upon him (or her) in later life, strengthen and sustain him
(or her) by your powerful presence. Guide him (or her) into the
paths of rectitude and honor and help him (or her) to win the
victory at all times over every destructive force. Amen.
Address
Dear Friends, it was said by one of old that children are a
heritage and gift from God. The birth of a child should be an
occasion for serious reflection. The little ones have come into the
midst of lifes duties and dangers at our invitation, not their own.
They should, therefore, be received into arms of loving wel
come. It is a most serious responsibility to bring them here and
we should not dare to do so unless we are earnestly ready to do all
we can to make their lives a blessing, both to themselves and to
others.
With these most serious thoughts in mind and in accordance
with the spirit and the truths of Modern Spiritualism, we are about
to consecrate this child to the love and service of humanity. In
their tiny hands the children hold the future, which will be as
they shall make it.
We consecrate this little one to purity and truth, believing that
thus only can he (or she) attain to the highest happiness and well
being for himself (or herself) and be of noblest service to others.
These flowers which we bestow upon him (or her) are appro
priate tokens and emblems of the unfolding graces of a noble life
and the fragrance of good deeds, symbols of a pure heart and a
clean life.
141
142
SER V ICE O F NAMING CH ILDREN No. 1
Questions to Parents or Guardians

Do you as parents (or guardian) of this child, solemnly
promise and engage, that to the best of your ability you will pro
tect, educate, instruct and train him (or her) so that he (or she)
may become a worthy and useful member of society; that you will
teach him (or her) the principles of the religion of Spiritualism and
that you will aways to the best of your ability, set him (or her) a
good example in all the affairs of life?
Parents (or guardians) answer: We do (or I do).
Naming the Child

The minister places flowers in the childs hand and repeating
the childs name says:
In the knowledge, fellowship and grandeur of the Gospel of
Spiritualism, we consecrate you to the Giver of all good gifts, to
the service of the angel world, to humanity and to truth, forever.
Benediction
May the blessing of Infinite Spirit rest upon this child and
select for him (her) a guardian angel through life.
Bless the home and parents and guide them in the path of
wisdom, love and truth as they care for and educate this child.
Amen
Service of Naming Children No. 2

In v o c a tio n
Infinite Spirit of Love and Truth as we are assembled here to

consecrate this little one to a life expressing brotherly love and
spiritual unfoldment we ask that blessings be bestowed upon h im or
h e r ; that . . . . or ... . may unfold a beautiful character and always
have protection from the Spirit World. May these parents and guard
ians receive understanding and wisdom, that they shall properly
instruct this child in the way it should go recognizing that the child
always learns what is right or wrong from those with whom he is
most closely associated. Amen.
S e r v ic e
Beloved friends, we have come together at this time to celebrate

the most beautiful event in the lives of young parents. This little
child brought into the world through Love is the fulfilment of
vows made at the time of marriage. You the parents, are greatly
blessed that this babe has been given into your care to raise
and instruct, that .... or .... may be a useful and helpful member
of society. As you stand here you are acknowledging your desire
before the world and your God to do everything in your power to
help this little one as you express love and consideration for his
(or her) spiritual growth, you are creating for yourselves and this
child, happiness and harmony in thought and living.
Do you now accept this responsibility and promise to train this
child in the paths of love, truth and the spiritual instruction necessary
to attain his way of life.
N a m i n g t h e C h il d
As I place upon the brow these beautiful petals of flowers as

the expression of purity, I name th e e.......and consecrate thee to
the care of the angel friends now and always. Amen.
And then, repeating the name, he shall place flowers in the
childs hand, or gently let petals fall over the child.
The Minister shall then say:
In the knowledge, fellowship, and beauty of the religion and
philosophy of Spiritualism, we consecrate you (repeating the childs
name), to the Giver of all good gifts, to the service of the angel
world and to humanity.
H ym n
143
144
SER V ICE O F NAMING CH ILDREN No. 2
Benediction
Infinite Intelligence and angels of light and love, shed upon
this child Thy protecting power. In your wisdom, select for this
child a bright guardian angel, to be through life an inspiration for
good. Should great sorrow, strong temptation, or keen suffering
come upon him (or her) in later life, strengthen and sustain him
(or her). Guide him (or her) ever to win the victory for good.
Founders Day Service

Hymn
Invocation
Service
To-day we honor the name of Andrew Jackson Davis and

the Organization of the Spiritualist Progressive Lyceum on Janu
ary 25th, 1863. By recognition of this particular date as Founders
Day the Spiritualists proclaim that the foundation of Spiritualism
rests upon the philosophy of Andrew Jackson Davis and in their
reverence for this day they would dwell upon the inspiration of
Davis and the great work which he did in preparing the World
for the reception of the wonderful phenomena which burst upon
it through the manifestations at Hydesville, N. Y.
The Founders of Spiritualism are those devoted men and
women who braved the scorn and ridicule of their fellow-men and
who pressed on unafraid. Their minds and souls had been pre
pared for the reception of the phenomena, years before the advent.
We are reminded of the advent of Christianity and of other world
renowned systems of Religion. The minds and souls of the people
had been prepared, long before, by the Prophets and Seers who
preceded the advent and whose words fell upon responsive ears.
To-day we honor the name of Andrew Jackson Davis, but
we also honor the name of Emanuel Swedenborg, whose experi
ences with spirit people became the wonder of his day. We can
trace the operation of Spirit in the life of this great Seer, a man
of undoubted ger ius in many secular fields, he exhibited that divine
discontent which characterizes all of the chosen of God. Though
material position was his through his great contribution to material
science yet he knew his greatest happiness when he finally made
the world accept his revelation of the Power of Spirit. He left a
mark which will never be erased. W e honor Edward Irving, the
powerful and eloquent founder of Shakerism in England. Here
was a man trained in strict Calvinist principles and in a day when
the very thought of extraneous spirit influence was anathema to
the clergy, yet he could not contain the Spirit, it broke through
and he converted his people to the sweetness of mediumship and
the voices of angels were heard in the land. We honor F. W.
Evans one of the most prominent and well informed Shakers in
the United States. There were some sixty well established groups
145
146
FOU N DERS DAY SERV ICE
of Shakers in the U. S. before the advent of Spiritualism and

there are extant, many interesting accounts of their experiences
with spirit people, especially their experiences with American
Indian Spirits. Nor must we forget the Quakers, that earnest and
progressive Society, founded in England by George Fox and whose
great work has spread throughout the world and which continues
to grow in strength and influence. Nor do we forget Joseph Smith
the Founder and Prophet of the Mormon Church. Starting with
a vision vouchsafed Joseph Smith at Palmyra, N. Y., just a few
years before and a few miles distant from the home of the Fox
family. In this manner was the ground prepared and the minds
of the people made ready for the great advent of the knowledge
of continuous life. The world shattering pronouncement that
would spell the ignominous end of materialism. We are souls with
bodys, we are spirit now, as we shall be through every changing
circumstance.
Spiritualism is founded upon tolerance in the understanding
that the power of God is present in every generation and that the
voices of angels fall responsively upon the receptive ears of the
awakened prophets. The Spiritualist knows that there are greater
revelations yet to be enjoyed by G ods children and in the alertness
of this expectancy, the Seer of to-day is the harbinger of light to
morrow. John The Baptist was not a Christian when he was a
Voice crying in the wilderness yet he is honored by all succeeding
generations of Christians as the harbinger of the Lord. In like
manner the Spiritualist honors all those devoted men and women
who prepared the way for the wonderful happenings of Hydesville, N. Y., which announced to the world that there was no death
to the ever-living soul.
The full genius and the wonderful mediumship of Andrew
Jackson Davis is not yet appreciated by the world, it remains for
the present day Spiritualist to study' his life and seek to emulate
the works, of this remarkable late day Prophet, that the World
may continue to benefit from his revelations. Andrew Jackson Davis
is cast in the mould of all the great Prophets and Seers of history.
His obscure birth and the circumstance of his early life are in
majestic keeping with many of the great religious benefactors be
fore his time. It is fitting that the Poukeepsie Seer should be
called the John The Baptist of Spiritualism. His personal experi
ences and his extraordinary mediumship truly prepared the way
147
again, for the advent of the ever living Spirit of truth and the
reality of spirit manifestation in the Modern World.
The Founders of Spiritualism were drawn from every walk
of life and composed an earnest coterie of people educated in
liberalism in Religion, in the principles of Democracy, in the eman
cipation of women, in the shining understanding that God speaks
to man through the channels of mans own soul and not through
the channels of narrow religious bigotry. They were drawn from
every sect of Christianity and composed a group who were dedicated
to liberal thought. Harrison D. Barrett, first President of the
National Spiritualist Association (of Churches), was an ordained
Unitarian clergyman, as was Dr. Peebles, Spiritualisms first World
Missionary. Isaac and Amy Post, stout defenders of the Fox girls,
were Quakers and Rev. A. H. Jervis, who opened his Rochester,
N. Y., home for Spiritualist meetings, was a clergyman of the
Methodist faith. Rev. Jervis became a convinced and staunch
Spiritualist.
On this day we honor that great woman, Emma Hardinge
Britten, founder and editor of The Two Worlds, the first news
paper published in England in the interests of Spiritualism, whose
initial interest in Spiritualism was greatly aided by her experiences
with the Shakers. We honor Cora L. V. Richmond, the won
drous orator and one of the greatest minds of her day and
age. It was her Mediumship which so greatly influenced the
Delegates at the Constitutional Convention of the National Spir
itualist Association, the words of her Spirit Teachers are to be
found in the Declaration of Principles of the National Spiritualist
Association of Churches. Without a good foundation, no house
can stand and the Spiritualists of the World can be justly proud
and grateful to the devoted men and women who founded the
Movement of Modern Spiritualism, braving the abuse and mis
understanding of their contemporaries. Spiritualists honor on this
day, Horace Greeley, the great newspaper editor and publicist,
Governor Tallmadge of Wisconsin (Territory), Judge Edmonds
of the New York State Supreme Court, whose brilliant career was
sacrificed, that he might add the luster of his name to the infant
movement of Spiritualism. The list is long and it is composed of
the great and the humble, people from every walk and condition of
life. The great bond between them was their evangelical interest
to spread the truth, that truth which was to release mankind from
the bondage of death and in the words of a spirit speaking to
148
FOU N DERS DAY SER V ICE
Governor Tallmadge T o draw mankind together in harmony and

to convince skeptics of the immortality of the soul.
G ods love doth speak the word divine
Supreme and perfect everywhere;
And as each heart is made a shrine,
For whispered thought of silent prayer,
These, organized by you, shall bring
New power to this work to-day;
Until the nations all shall sing
The song of Truth upon their way.
Anna Orvis.
(Stanza from an impromptu poem given by the
Guides of Mrs. Orvis during the Constitutional
Convention of the National Spiritualist Associa
tion Sept. 27th-29th, 1893, Chicago, Illinois.)
Marriage Service
N O T E 1: All persons qualified in accordance with the laws of the
N.S.A.C. to perform the marriage service should inform themselves regard
ing state and municipal laws, where they are called upon to officiate, and
comply with them, thereby assuring the legality of the marriage.
N O T E 2: The N.S.A.C. (by a Commission or by Ordination Sanction
of the Board of Trustees) is the only body competent under the laws of
the N.S.A.C. to ordain ministers in the Gospel of Spiritualism. State asso
ciations can only nominate or recommend persons for ordination.
Ceremony
Beloved friends: We have come here in the presence of God
and these witnesses to unite this man and this woman in the bonds
of holy matrimony. Marriage is an honorable state and the in
stitution of the home is one of important bases of civilization.
Our friends have made their choice of life partner and now
stand before us that we may witness this holy covenant.
Therefore, if any can show just cause why they should not be
joined together, let him speak now, or hereafter hold his peace.
Marriage is the most momentous event in the life of both man
and woman. On it depends the happiness or misery of their future,
it is a union of souls. Carefully then should the inducement be
weighed that impel to so important a step, that the contracting
parties may be sure that love and love alone has prompted them to
act. It is the union of hearts, not of hands, that constitutes a true
marriage.
Marital love is natural and necessary to the perfection of life,
and the love of children springing therefrom, is the purest emotion
known to humanity. In the domestic affections is found the highest
happiness, and those who fail to cultivate them lose half the joys
of existence.
You, who are about to take up the responsibilities of married
life, must not forget that it has its duties as well as its pleasures.
New responsibilities will devolve upon you, and the fittest prepa
ration you can make to meet them is to s o order your lives that
your minds may be free from the bickerings and irritations that so
commonly await ill-assorted and ill-regulated unions. The golden
rule in married life is Mutual Forbearance. We must never forget
that no alliance, however well designed, can ever secure perfect
149
150
MARRIAGE SERV ICE
contentment, for it so happens that no humans are perfect or with

out fault and where people love most they are apt to be most exact
ing one of the other.
With a people, the aggregate of individual virtues make up the
sum of national greatness, so in domestic life, the multifarious
duties devolving upon each, faithfully fulfilled, makes up the
measure of human bliss.
We urge each not to be the first by whom the harsh word is
spoken, nor the last to offer the hand of reconciliation.
It is fervently to be hoped that you will prove to each other
suitable companions through life, and be knit together, not only
with the silken cords of affection, but with a bond that strengthens
with years and brightens with age, the bond of congenial tastes
intellectual and spirital attachment one for the other.
(In the next two paragraphs the Minister may address the groom and
bride by their first name, thus leaving the impression of a personal
and intimate interest in their future welfare. Or, he may choose: To
the young man (woman) let me say; etc.)
JOHN - Conserve and cherish the sacredness of home. Make
it the altar at which you worship, and be sure that domestic bliss
is within the reach of all who intelligently strive to attain it. It is
won alone by a manly yet considerate treatment of the one to whom
you will return your affection with boundless interest.
MARIE - Now that you have won a womans greatest prize, a
loving he a1', guard it with zealous care, nor ever let the storms of
anger arise to wither true affection with its fiery breath. Never
forget that love, unaccompanied by true companionship, soon
droops under the chilling influence of uncongeniality of mind.
To both of you: So live that when the evening of life arrives
you may exclaim with the poet, "Not another joy like this in all
the world .
(Minister says to the man and woman).
I charge you both, as you shall answer to God, that if either
of you know any reason why you may not lawfully be joined to
gether in matrimony, you acknowledge it now. (Pause)
(Here the Minister shall say:
married to this man?)
Who gives this woman to be
MARRIAGE SER V ICE
151
(Here the Minister shall ask the groom to take the right hand
of the bride and repeat the following:)
I ....... ( fu ll n a m e) ........ take thee
( fu ll n a m e ) ...
to be my lawful wedded wife, for better, for worse, for richer, for
poorer, in sickness and in health, to love honor and cherish from
this day forth.
(The bride shall take the right hand of the groom in her right
hand and repeat the following:)
1.... ( fu ll n a m e )...... take thee
( fu ll n a m e ) ... to be
my lawful wedded husband, for better, for worse, for richer, for
poorer, in sickness and in health, to love honor and cherish from
this day forth.
(Minister shall ask for the ring and shall say:)
The ring is the symbol of conjugal union, it is endless as
eternity. May this circle ever remind you of your sacred union from
this day forward.
( M in is t e r s h a l l p ra y .)
Eternal Spirit, we pray that this ring shall bless the wearer
and honor the giver, that these two who shall become one. in
flesh and in spirit, shall live together in perfect peace. Amen
(The Minister shall give the ring to the groom to place on the
third finger of the brides left hand, asking him to repeat the
following:)
B r id e s n a m e ........
with this ring I thee wed.
(In case of a double ring ceremony, the Minister shall give the
grooms ring to the bride to place on the third finger of the grooms
left hand, asking her to repeat the following:)
G ro o m s n a m e ....... with
this ring 1 thee wed.
(Minister)
For as much as .......................and .......................
have pledged their mutual vows, and have given and received a
ring in token of the same, I, by the authority vested in me as a
Minister of the Gospel, and in accordance with the laws of this
State, do pronounce you Husband and Wife.
152
Benediction
May the blessings of Eternal Spirit be with you. May the angels of
the greater life ever be near you. May peace be your portion, and
happiness your constant companion from this day forth. Amen.
NOTE: An additional and less formal Marriage Service is printed in
the N.S.A.C. Service book.
Burial Service for

General Purposes
N O TE: Insert Music or Singing where desired.
Selected Poem
Address
The question propounded by Job, If a man die shall he live
again? has been asked by millions since his day. It has been an
absorbing thought all down the ages and even today the question
to many minds remains unanswered. Some persons still assert
that the death of the body ends all; but the consensus of opinion
is that there is a celestial as well as terrestrial life, that throughout
the illimitable space there are places inhabited by intelligent, spiritual
beings, who once lived on earth in mortal form as we now live.
Jesus said: In my Fathers house are many mansions. It
certainly is logical to conclude that mansions in the skies, like
mansions on
earth, are intended tobe occupied. It also seems
reasonable to believe that the spiritsof mankind, retaining their
mental and soul attributes, as well as their individuality, pass on
to live in homes or mansions suited to their various spiritual con
ditions. Such indeed is the conviction of modern investigators
and we have reason to believe that many of the learned ancients
held similar
opinions. Furthermore,it is now a well-established
fact that the so-called dead can anddo,under proper conditions,
communicate with those who still remain in the flesh. From these
communications we have learned much of the kind of life which
awaits us when the spirit leaves the body. We have learned that
God is just, but not cruel, to the spirits of the departed; that we
must bear the responsibility and suffer for the evil we have done
and thought; and that we must work out our own salvation or
happiness by conquering the evil in our natures and letting the
good, the pure, the gentle and the loving qualities of our souls
dominate our thoughts and actions.
We have learned that good spirits often come to our sides to
prompt us to do right and to protect us against snares and evil
influences. We have learned that life in the spiritual spheres is
just as natural as this life, that there are schools to educate and
develop the young and the old, conservatories of music, assem153
154
BURIAL SER V ICE FOR GENERAL PU R POSES
blies of the wise and employments for all. We have learned that
it is the privilege of the spirit, as it becomes purer and holier, to
pass to higher abodes, better suited to its advanced condition; but
above all, we have learned that the bond of mutual love between
departed spirit and mortal is never severed and that loving spirits
often forego their privileges and wait in lower spheres until their
loved ones have left the body, that they may, hand in hand with
them, climb the spiritual heights.
If you can accept this truth, it will lead you to feel that your
departed friends and loved ones are not enclosed within a far-off
heaven, bounded by impassable, jasper walls, nor in a place of
eternal torment where they cannot reach nor be reached by a
kindly hand or a sympathetic word. Then you will cease to grieve
for your own as those who have no hope. Life, its aspirations, its
honors, its gains and its losses, will assume a new aspect. A new
light will illumine the pathway between this world and that beyond.
The glorious life of the higher sphere lies beyond us, but
attainable by all of earths children. What a sweet and profound
consolation, that in the economy of the universe not one soul is
doomed to endless suffering! Let us rejoice that immortality and
eternal progress are the birthright of everyone of the human family.
Let us be glad that we can read with understanding the philosophy
which lies behind the decree of nature as manifested in the flight
of the spirit from this prison-house of clay. Let us bear with patience
the temporary separation, with the assurance of a happy reunion in
the not far distant future, when we can all sing with joy: Oh Grave,
where is thy victory; O Death, where is thy sting?
Invocation
O Great Oversoul of All, we turn at this hour in our human
weakness, to those beyond the veil, asking strength, understand
ing and guidance for those who today, through the transition of
this beloved spirit from its tenement of clay, are suffering the
pain of mortal separation. May they find consolation and sus
taining power in the glorious fact that there is no impassable
gulf permanently separating them from arisen loved ones. We
deeply appreciate our knowledge and proof of the fact that
souls incarnate and souls decarnate may exchange intelligent thought
and whisper words of assistance, consolation, love and cheer across
the Great Divide. O Spirit Counselors, we know that you gladly
155
bestow your watchful care, guidance and instruction upon every

willing spirit from the very time it leaves the body and we are
deeply grateful for all your affectionate ministrations to this recent
arrival in the spirit world. Dispel the gloom which, through lack of
understanding in the hearts of the relatives and friends, seems as a
cloud without a silver lining. Help them to realize the comforting
truth of the re-union of kindred souls in the Beyond. May they
realize they, too, will one day be greeted by the smiling faces of
loved ones gone before. May all strive to live in obedience to the
voice of the soul, that understanding, peace and spiritual progression
may be their halo. Amen.
Committal Service
The one thou lovest is not here. The spirit of our departed
brother (or sister) dwelleth no more in this discarded body. This
mortal form has served its purpose, tenderly and reverently we
now commit it to the care of Mother Earth, in the sure knowledge
that his (or her) life continueth. Amen.
"GOODBY E. T IL L MORNING'
"Goodbye, till morning c o m e
again,
We part, if part we must, with
pain,
But night is short, and hope is
sweet,
Faith fills our hearts, and wings
our feet;
And so we sing the old refrain,
"Goodbye, till morning come
again."
"Goodbye, till morning c o m e

again,"
The thought of death brings
weight of pain.
But could we know how short the
night
That falls, and hides them from
our sight,
Our hearts would sing the old re
frain,
Goodbye, till morning c o m e
again.
Benediction
May blessed angels go with you to your homes. May they
lift the shadows from your souls and dispel every sorrow from
your hearts. May you all live in such a way as to gain the appro
bation of a good conscience. May peace abide with you and the
light of truth ever illumine your souls. Amen.
156
BURIAL SERV ICE FOR GENERAL PU RPOSES
CR O SSIN G T H E BAR
Sunset and evening star.
And one clear call for me,
And may there be no moaning of
the bar
When I put out to sea.
But such a tide as moving seems
asleep,
Too full for sound or foam,
When that which drew from out the
boundless deep,
Turns again home.
Twilight and evening bell,
And after that the dark,
And may there be no sadness of
farewell,
When I embark.
For though from out our bourne of
time and place
The flood may bear me far;
I hope to see my Pilot face to face,
When I have crossed the bar.
Alfred Tennyson.
ON T H E D E A TH OF AN
AGED FR IEN D
You are not dead Life has but set
you free!
Your years of life were like a lovely
song,
The last sweet poignant notes of
which, held long,
Passed into silence while we lis
tened, we
Who loved you, listened still expec
tantly!
And we about you whom you
moved among
Would feel that grief for you were
surely wrong
You have but passed, beyond where
we can see.
For us who knew you, dread of age
is past!
You took life, tiptoe, to the very
last;
It never lost for you its lovely look;
You kept your interest in its thrill
ing book;
T o you. Death came, no conqueror,
in the end
You merely smiled to greet another
friend!
Roselle Mercier Montgomery.
Y ET L O V E W IL L DREAM
Yet Love will dream and Faith will
trust
(Since He who knows our need is
just)
That somehow, somewhere, meet
we must.
Alas for him who never sees
The stars shine through his cypress
trees!
Who, helpless, lays his dead away,
Nor looks to see the breaking day
Across the mournful marbles play!
Who hath not learned, in hours of
faith,
The truth to flesh and sense un
known.
That Life is ever Lord of Death,
And Love can never lose its own!
John Greenleaf Whittier.
COM M UN ION
The wonder of death is not just the
dying,
Not the crossing, untended, an
unknown sea,
Not mounting far heights toward
angelic singing
Nor scanning cold stars for
strange worlds yet to be.
No, dying is taking a deep, fuller
breath,
To know life as Now Ever
more! as God meant;
T o snatch from time's altar crushed
linen of death
And to spread the white cloth
of L ifes sacrament.
Olla Eloise Toph.
Burial Service for a Child

N O TE: Insert Music and Singing where desired.
Bible Reading
And they brought young children to him, that he should
touch them! and his disciples rebuked those that brought them.
But when Jesus saw it, he was much displeased and said
unto them. Suffer the little children to come unto me and forbid
them not; for of such is the kingdom of God.
Verily I say unto you, whosoever shall not receive the kingdom
of God as a little child, he shall not enter therein.
And he took them up in his arms and put his hands upon
them and blessed them. Mark 10:13-16.
Address
One of the distinguished preachers of this country, the Rev.
Minot J. Savage, once said: "But we say, the little ones life was
incomplete. He had only sat down to the feast when he was snatched
away. He was a bud that had no time to bloom.
But who gathers a bouquet and does not think the buds the
finest part? The bud is as perfect as the flower. And, were it
not, can it not blossom in any conservatory but ours?
"And shall heaven have no children in it? Must none but
grey hairs pass through the gates? Or shall not, rather, glad,
gleesome children, with flowing hair and merry eyes go with laughter
through its doorways?
What a mystery is life! How great is the mystery of our en
trance upon this mortal existence; how wonderfully beautiful and
fascinating is our departure into the great beyond! We wonder,
indeed, why the spirit of this little child should so soon take its
flight from the tender body with which it so recently came to the
threshold of this life. It is hard for those who love this little one
to see in this separation the workings of a beneficent law. They
wish that it might have lived a long and useful life; that it might
have learned all the lessons and gained all the experiences of earth
life before passing away. They hoped to see it grow to its full
estate and to gather sweet pleasure from watching its unfoldment
from helpless childhood to the strength of maturer years. And yet,
157
158
BURIAL SE R V ICE FOR A CH ILD
it may be better as it is, for none of us know what sufferings it might

have had to endure. There was a custom among the Trausi, an
ancient Thracian tribe, which we might ponder with profit at this
time: When a child was born among them, the natives surrounded
it and lamented over all the evils which it must suffer on coming
into the world and enumerated all the calamities of mankind;
but when a child died among them, they hid it away in the earth
with rejoicing and pleasure, reckoning that it had now been released
from all evils and was in the possession of complete happiness.
Let the love this little life inspires unseal all the fountains of
love in your natures to be poured out lavishly upon those unfor
tunate ones who hunger and famish for a word of kindness and a
look of love. Let its many demands upon your care, your pa
tience, your willing sacrifice, now so quickly ended, make you
eager to bestow such loving service upon other children and other
lives. Then your darling shall not have lived in vain, nor will its
sweet influence have ceased upon earth; its silent, gentle influence
will be felt as a power in your life, steadily going and steadily
growing with you until you shall reach the portals of that world
into which it has so recently passed. Who can estimate the farreaching power of the arisen soul? It is not limited by the mate
rial form, but only partially hindered during the fleeting night of
earth. The soul is co-eternal with the Over-soul. Indeed, we may
ask. "Where did this little one come from? and receive the only
possible answer: Out of the everywhere into the here, out of
the invisible into the visible, out of the realm of the unexpressed
into the realm of mortal activity. The soul has released its
hold upon these earthly elements and returned to the great, wide
everywhere. It has gone on in its spotless innocence, untarnished
by the grime of earth. Be thankful for this, rejoice that your
little one is safe from the toils of the tempter, safe from the evils
that might have wrung your hearts with sorrow far keener and
more bitter than that which today causes you tears.
You are not left comfortless like those who hopelessly lay
their dead away, for our glorious religion teaches and demon
strates that mortal death is spiritual birth, that love can never
lose its own. Angels will bring your little one to nestle often
close to your hearts. As its spiritual facilities develop, it will
become to you a guardian and a protector. You have a little
angel in spirit instead of on earth; one now clad in the shining
159
raiment of the arisen ones. Only a little while longer and the
Messenger shall come and say to you: Behold the child of thy
love, it is thine again and death can part you no more.
Invocation
Infinite Spirit of Life and Love, we ask that the hearts of
those saddened by the transition of this little child be comforted.
Enlarge their spiritual vision that they may be able to see why their
loved one could not longer remain here. May this experience yield
them a bright harvest of spiritual blessing. May they realize that
this little gift of fairest promise will unfold and blossom with a
beauty earth could not bestow. May they realize that this little
spirit will unfold in the spirit world and become to them a guiding
light. May they realize this parting is but temporary and when
the hour of re-union comes, they will be richly compensated for all
the hours of loneliness. Until that time, may their knowledge of
things spiritual grow stronger and deeper and may the blessings
of the spirit world be bounteously bestowed upon them. Amen.
Committal Service
And now, little spirit, we commit this empty shrine to be
resolved to earth again; thou hast no further need for it. May
G ods bright messengers attend thee on thy journey to the Summerland. May love draw thee to earth to comfort these hearts when
they become sad and lonely. Ashes to ashes dust to dust spirit
to spirits angel to angels! Amen.
Benediction
May angels of comfort and strength come very near to every
stricken heart, may a baptism of Infinite Love descend upon us
all and may the experience of this hour soften and ennoble our
lives and enable us all to bring forth abundant fruit of fidelity,
loyalty and love. Amen.
Definition of Religion from

Various Sources
1. Recognition of and allegiance in manner of life to a super
human power or superhuman powers, to whom allegiance and service
are regarded as justly due. Century Dictionary and Cyclopedia,
Vol. 6, p. 5063.
2. A belief binding the spiritual nature of man to a super
natural being on whom he is conscious that he is dependent; also
the practices that grow out of the recognition of such relations,
including the personal life and experiences, the doctrine, the duties
and the rites founded on it. Standard Dictionary.
3. Any system of worship of a Being superior to man.
Amies Universal Ency.
4. I never doubted, for an instant, the existence of a Deity
that he made the world and governed it by his providence that
the most acceptable service to God was the doing of good to man
that our souls are immortal and that all crimes will be punished
and virtue rewarded here or hereafter. These I esteemed the essen
tials of every religion. Benjamin Franklins autobiography.
5. I believe in one God and no more. * * * The world is
my country; to do good is my religion. Thomas Paine, in Age
of Reason.
6. By religion, I mean such a sense of divine truth as enters
into a man and becomes the spring of a new nature within him;
reforming his thoughts and designs; purifying his heart; sanctifying
and governing his whole deportment, his words as well as his actions.
Gilbert Burnett, Bishop of Salisbury, born at Edinburgh, 1643.
7. Pure religion and undefiled before God and the Father
is this: To visit the fatherless and widows in their affliction, and
to keep himself unspotted from the world. Bible, James 1:27.
8. By religion, I mean the knowledge of God, of His will and
of our duties toward Him. Cardinal Newman.
9. Religion is mans belief in a being or beings superior to
himself and inaccessible to his senses, but not indifferent to his senti
ments and action, with the feelings and practices which flow from
such a belief. Robert Flint in Theism.
160
Selected Quotations
Prof. Boscowan, the noted archaeologist, says in his Records of
the Monuments :
In dreams and visions, the primitive Akkadians no doubt
saw, as they declared, the shadowy forms of departed human
beings, which led them to regard them as still existing in some
far-distant subterranean abode."
He further adds:
The inscriptions as early as 3800 B. C. on the tablets show
belief in ancestral spirits (nisi), the friends they once knew,
traversing the underworld, hailing each newcomer with the cry,
Didst thou become as weak as we? and dost thou realize life as
now do we? Welcome welcome to our abodes.
H om ers Iliad, 850 B. C .:
After the Spirit of Patroclus had appeared and spoken to
him in a dream, Achilles said:
T is true, tis certain man though dead, retains
Part of himself; the immortal mind remains:
The form subsists without the bodys aid.
Aerial semblance, and an empty shade!
This night my friend, so late in battle lost,
Stood at my side, a pensive, plaintive ghost:
Even now familiar, as in life he came:
A las: how different!yet how like the same!
(Popes translation: Book 23)
Zend-Avesta. Persian Scriptures, 850 B. C.
The man who has constantly contended against evil,
morally and physically, outwardly and inwardly, may fearlessly
face death, well assured that radiant spirits will lead him across
the luminous bridge into a paradise of eternal happiness. Souls
risen from the grave will know each other and say: That is my
father, or my brother, my wife or my sister.
Another quotation reads:
This life is only a prelude to eternity, where we are to
expect another state of things. We have little prospect of
heaven here, but at a distance; let us therefore expect our last
161
162

hour with courage. The last, I say, to our bodies, but not to
our minds. The day that we fear as our last is but the birthday
of eternity. What we fear as a rock proves to be a harbor.
Buddhist Scriptures:
The Soul is m yself; the body is only my dwelling place.
Death is not death; the soul merely departs and the body falls.
The soul is not born, it does not d ie; unborn eternal, it is
not slain though the body be slain. Thinking of the soul as
unbodily amongst bodies, and firm amongst fleeting things, the
wise man casts off his grief.
Pythagoras, the Grecian Philosopher, 508 B. C.
When thou shalt have laid aside thy body, thou shalt rise
freed from mortality, and become a god of the kindly skies.
Seneca, the Roman Philosopher, born 58 B. C., sa id :
That which we call death, is but a pause, or a suspension,
and in truth a progress to live, only our thoughts look down
ward upon the body, and not forward upon the things to come.
"A great soul takes no delight in staying with the body: it
considers whence it came, and knows whither it is to go. The
day will come that shall separate this mixture of soul and body
of divine and human; my body I shall leave where I found it,
my soul I will restore to heaven, which would have been there
already, but for the clog that keeps it down.
Cato (as quoted by Cicero), 243 B. C.:
" O ! glorious day, when I shall remove from this confused
crowd to join the divine assembly of souls: For I shall go not
only to meet great men, but also my son, his spirit looking back
upon me, departed to that place, whither he knew that I should
come; and he has never deserted me. If I have borne his loss
with courage, it is because I consoled myself with the thought
that our separation would not be for long.
Socrates, born 470 B. C., in his speech at Athens, defending him
self in the trial which resulted in his condemnation, said:
Perhaps, however, it may appear absurd, that I, going
SELECTED
Q U O T A T IO N S
163
about, thus advise you in private and make myself busy, but
never venture to present myself in public before your assem
blies and give advice to the city. The cause of this is that which
you have often and in many places heard me mention: because
I am moved by a ce r ta in d iv in e a n d s p ir it u a l in flu e n c e , which
also Miletus, through mockery, has set up in the indictment.
This began with me from childhood, being a kind voice which,
when present, always diverts me from what I am about to do;
but never urges me on. This it is which opposed my meddling
in public politics.
In his speech after being condemned to death, Socrates
said:
T o me, then, O my judges, and in calling you judges I
call you rightly, a strange thing has happened. For the w a n te d
p r o p h e t ic v o ic e o f m y g u a r d ia n deity, on every former occasion,
even in the most trifling affairs, opposed me, if I was about to
do anything wrong; but now, that has befallen me which ye
yourselves behold, and which anyone would think and which
is supposed to be the extremity of evil, yet neither when I de
parted from home in the morning did the warning of the god
oppose me, nor when I come up here to the place of trial, nor in
my address when I was about to say anything; yet on other
occasions it has frequently restrained me in the midst of
speaking.
Again, after his condemnation, Socrates said to his friends:
Is it not strange, my friends, that after all I have said to
convince you that I am going to the society of the happy, you
still think this body to be Socrates? Wherefore be of good
cheer about death and know of a certainty, that no evil can
happen to a good man, either in life or after death. To die
and be released is better for me.
Plato, born 426 B. C.:
The soul of each of us is an immortal spirit, and goes to
other immortals to give an account of its actions.
Can the soul be destroyed? No; but if in this present life
it has shunned being governed by the body, and has governed
itself within itself, then it departs to that which resembles
itself, to the invisible, the divine, the wise, the immortal.
164
And in his Republic, Book V, Ch. 15, says:

Well of those then that die in the campaign, shall we not,
in the first place, say of the man that closes his life with glory,
that he is of the golden race? Quite so, indeed; and are we not
to believe Hesiod, when he tells us, that if any of this race die,
then
Chaste, holy, earthly spirits they become,
Expelling evil, guardians of mankind.
C ic e r o ,
106 B. C., sa id :
When I consider the faculties with which the soul is en

dowed, its amazing celerity, its wonderful power of recollecting
past events, its sagacity in discerning the future, together with
its numberless discoveries in the arts and sciences, I feel a con
scious conviction that this active, comprehensive, principle can
not possibly be of a mortal nature. I consider this world as a
place nature never intended for a permanent abode, and I look
on my departure from it as simply leaving an inn.
born about the year 50 B.C., sa id :
Not by lamentations and mournful chants ought we to
celebrate the funeral of a good man, but by hymns, for in ceas
ing to be numbered by mortals he enters upon the heritage of a
diviner life.
P lu t a r c h ,
Jesus said:
"In my Fathers house are many mansions: if it were
not so I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you,
that where I am there you may be also.
E c c le s ia s t e s :
Then shall the dust return to the earth as it w as: and the
spirit shall return unto God who gave it.
(Chap. XII, v. 7.)
M ilto n :
"Millions of spiritual beings walk the earth both when we

wake and when we sleep.
SEL ECTE D Q U O T A T IO N S
165
J. W. Edmunds, of New York, legislator and jurist, in the

S p ir it u a l T e le g r a p h , under date of August 1, 1853, writes thus
of Spiritualism:
There is that which comforts the mourner and binds up
the broken-hearted; that which smoothes the passage to the
grave and robs death of its terrors; that which enlightens the
Atheist, and cannot but reform the vicious; that which cheers
and encourages the virtuous amid all the trials and vicissitudes
of life, and that which demonstrates to man his duty and his
destiny, leaving it no longer vague and uncertain.
Andrew Jackson Davis, the great seer and inspirational writer,
said:
Do you yearn to feel a purer nature? And to be clad with
a beautiful spiritual body at death? Then feed wisely upon bet
ter substances, drink of better fluids, and habitually think better
thoughts. For everything which your digestive functions assim
ilate is, to some degree, manufactured into the fabric of your
spirits body; and every unworthy thought of your mind will
long linger about and darken the vestibule of W isdom s im
mortal temple.
Nettie Colburn Maynard, in her book, W as Lincoln a Spiritual
ist? relates her experiences, as a girl medium, with President
Lincoln and others at the White House during the Civil War.
She gives the circumstances of her entrancement and return to
consciousness on the occasion when the entrancing spirit advised
President Lincoln not to waver in issuing the Emancipation
Proclamation, and then she writes:
At this point the gentlemen drew around him and spoke
together in low tones, Mr. Lincoln saying least of all. At last he
turned to me, and laying his hand upon my head, uttered these
words in a manner that I shall never forget: My child, you
possess a very singular gift; but that it is of God I have no
doubt. I thank you for coming here tonight. It is more impor
tant than perhaps anyone present can understand.
Henry Ward Beecher once sa id :
We go to the grave saying a man is dead; but Angels
throng about him saying, A man is born.
166
Starr King expresses a great truth in the follow ing words:

This world is simply the threshold of our vast life: the
first stepping-stone from nonentity into the boundless expanse
of possibility. It is the infant school of the soul. The physical
universe spreads out before us, and the spiritual trials and mys
teries of our discipline are simply our primers, our grammar,
our spelling dictionary, to teach us something of the language
we are to use in maturity.
Hudson Tuttle, the able Spiritualist writer, said:
The mortal life is for the purpose of the evolution of the
spirit. The end has been attained. We will patiently wait,
assured as we approach the gate over which is written beneath
the skeletons repulsive form, Death, that when we pass
through we shall see emblazoned with the light of a thousand
stars Eternal Life. Death is not a change of being: It is change
of Sphere. The spirit, whether in the body or out of it, is the
shape. The man who goes out of the door of his house is the
same individual that he was within. Respect the dead! Not
with crepe and solemn faces, sighs and tears, but by a wellordered life, that reflects the purity of the loved ones, who look
down on us from the vernal heights of immortality."
Thomas Paine, the English-born, American patriot, 1737-1809,
w rote:
My own opinion is, that those whose lives have been spent
in doing good, and endeavoring to make their fellow-mortals
happy, for this is the only way we can serve God, will be happy
hereafter; and that the very wicked will meet some punishment.
This is my opinion. It is consistent with my idea of G ods jus
tice, and with the reason God has given me.
I trouble not myself about the manner of future existence.
I content myself with believing, even to positive conviction, that
the Power which gave me existence is able to continue it in any
form and manner he pleases, either with or without this body,
and it appears more probable to me that I shall continue to exist
hereafter, than that I should have existence as I now have
before that existence began.
Mahomet said:
A mans true wealth hereafter is the good he does in this
SELECTED Q U O T A T IO N S
167
world to his fellow-men. When he dies, people will say: What

property has he left behind him? But the angels who examine
him will ask, What good deeds hast thou sent before thee?
(afterwards Mrs. Britten), the silver-tongued
Spiritualist lecturer, said in 1860:
Ask whether your Almighty Father has bestowed upon
you the thousand rainbow hues of different minds, different in
tellects, different faculties, different energies, different propensi
ties, only to pass away dull, vast routine of finality. What are
you fit for, what you love best, where your attractions are cen
tered these will determine the state of your hereafter; these
will be a part of the Hades in which you will dwell.
And again in the same lecture:
Such are the different conditions of this spirit land, and
over all, from the lowest to the highest, rides the triumphant
Car of Progress, sounds the angel trumpet Light, more light;
and above all is the cry of echoing worlds, Come up higher, come
up higher.
E m m a H a r d in g e
Erwood, the noted Spiritualist lecturer and teacher, said :

A person who has to advertize his own spirituality has
very poor wares to offer. The virtue that is acquired with the
senility of age is of exceedingly shoddy texture.
W i l l J.
the profound Unitarian preacher, said :

Were I to die now, where I stand, on my first coming to
consciousness in the other world, I should be just my simple
se lf; we will find ourselves greeted by our friends who have
gone before us. There will be no lonely and sad awakening
there. Let us not forget there are two sides to dying, the earth
side and the heaven side. The stars that go out when the morn
ing comes do not stop shining, only some other eyes in some
other land are made glad by them.
M i n o t J. S a v a g e ,
Doten, the gifted Spiritualist song writer, sa id :

The stroke of Death is but a kindly frost, which cracks
the shell, and leaves the kernel room to germinate.
L iz z ie
N a t h a n ie l H a w t h o r n e :
We sometimes congratulate ourselves at the moment of

waking from a troubled dream; it may be so after death.
168
When we shall be endowed with our spiritual bodies, I

think they will be so constituted that we may send thoughts and
feelings any distance in no time at all and transfer them warm
and fresh into the consciousness of those we love.
the great Spiritualist debater, in his Christs of the
Past and Present, says :
He who was once called a Christ, prophet or seer, is now
called a medium. The word prophet does not necessarily mean a
pre-visionist, or one who prognosticates the future, but it means
a reformer. Prophets and Christs are anointed by a heavenly
power to advocate certain government and societary changes
which will better the condition of the masses, and at the same
time be more in accord with justice and righteousness.
M o s e s H u ll,
F. G. S., F. R. S., LL.D., D. C. L., author

scientist, and naturalist, who for his great scientific achieve
ments the late Queen pensioned, pointedly says:
My position, therefore, is that the phenomena of Spiritual
ism, in their entirety, do not require further confirmation. They
are proved quite as well as any facts are proved in other
sciences.
A l f r e d R. W a l l a c e ,
the distinguished English electrician, chief engineer

to the Electric and International Telegraph Company; assistant
in the construction of the Atlantic telegraphy, in connection with
Sir Michael Faraday and Sir William Thomson, the first to
demonstrate the principles governing the transmission of elec
tricity through long deep-sea cables, writing in 1880, said in
the L o n d o n S p i r i t u a l i s t :
That the phenomena occur, there is overwhelming evi
dence, and it is too late now to deny their existence. Having ex
perimented with and compared the forces with electricity and
magnetism, and after having applied mechanical and mental
tests, I entertain no doubt whatever that the manifestations
which I have myself examined were not due to the operation
of any of the recognized physical laws of nature, and that there
has been present on the occasions above-mentioned some intelli
gence other than that of the medium and observers.
C. F. V a r le y ,
Consul General of France, and brother of Jules

Favre, the eminent French Senator, says:
M. L e o n F a v re,
169
I have long, carefully and conscientiously studied Spiritual

phenomena. Not only am I convinced of their irrefutable
reality, but I have also a profound assurance that they are
produced by the spirits of those who have left the earth; and
further, they only could produce them. I believe in the existence
of an invisible world corresponding to the world around us.
I believe that the denizens of that world were formerly
residents on this earth, and I believe in the possibility of inter
communion between the two worlds.
Victor Hugo, the eminent French literary celebrity, in his T oil
ers of the Sea, writes:
"There are times when the unknown reveals itself to the
spirit of man in visions. Such visions have occasionally the
power to effect a transfiguration, converting a poor camel-driver
into Mahomet: a peasant girl tending her goats into Joan of
Arc. * * * Those that depart still remain near us they are in
a world of light, but they as tender witnesses hover about our
world of darkness. Though invisible to some they are not
absent. Sweet is their presence; holy is their converse with us.
Again he said:
The dead are invisible, but are not absent. Let us be just
to death, let us not be ungrateful to death, it is not as has been
said, a ruin and a snare; it is an error to think that here, in the
darkness of the open grave, all is lost to us. There everything
is found again. The grave is a place of restitution, there the
soul recovers its plenitude, there it is set free from the body,
from want, from its burdens and fatalities. Death is the greatest
of liberators, the highest step for those who have lived upon its
heights; he who has been no more than virtuous on earth
becomes beauteous; he who has been beauteous becomes sub
lime.
Theodore Parker, the scholar and eloquent preacher, sa id :
Now, in 1856, it seems more likely that Spiritualism will
become the religion of America, than in 156, that Christianity
would become the religion of the Roman Empire. It has more
evidence for its wonders than any historic form of religion
hitherto. It is thoroughly democratic, with no hierarchy; but
inspiration is open to all. It admits all the truths of religion
and morality in all the w orlds sects.
170
author, anti-slavery speaker and pio

neer liberator, writing of Spiritualism, said:
The manifestations have spread from house to house, from
city to city, from one part of the country to the other, across
the Atlantic into Europe, till now the enlightened world is com
pelled to acknowledge their reality.
W illia m
L lo y d
G a r r is o n ,
the distinguished Methodist Commentator, was

a Spiritualist. In commenting upon Saul and Samuel (see his
Commentaries, pp. 298-299), says:
I believe Samuel did actually appear to Saul: and that he
was sent to warn this infatuated king of his approaching death,
that he might have an opportunity to make his peace with his
Maker.
"I believe there is a supernatural or spiritual world, in
which HUMAN spirits, both good and bad, live in a state of
consciousness.
I believe that any of these spirits may, according to the
order of God, in the laws of their place of residence, have inter
course with this world and become visible to mortals.
D r. A d a m C la r k ,
native of Syria and a pupil of Polycarp, declares that:

Some in the church most certainly have a divine knowl
edge of things to come. Some have visions; others utter prophe
cies, and heal the sick by laying on of hands; and others still
speak in many tongues, bringing to light the secret things of
men, angels, and expounding the mysteries of God.
Ig n a tiu s ,
is one of his fiery sermons, exclaim ed:

We walk in the midst of demons, who give us evil
thoughts: and also in the midst of good angels, who give us
heavenly thoughts. When these latter are especially present,
there is no disturbance, no contention, no clamor; but some
thing so calm and gentle that it fills the soul with gladness.
St. A n t h o n y ,
in his De Anima, writes:

"There is a sister among us who possesses a faculty of
revelation. Commonly during religious service she falls into a
trance, holding communion with the angels, beholding Jesus
Himself, hearing divine mysteries explained, reading the heart
of some person, and administering to such as require it. When
T e r t u llia n ,
171
the Scriptures are read or psalms sung, spiritual beings minister

visions to her. We were speaking of the soul once, when our
sister was in the spirit (entranced); and, the people departing,
she then communicated to us what she had seen in her ecstasy,
which was afterwards closely inquired into and tested.
Dr. Robert Chambers, F. R. S., LL.D., the famous writer, pub
lisher, and author of Vestiges of Creation, Cyclopedia of
English literature, etc., after due investigation became a Spir
itualist, writing thus:
"Already Spiritualism, conducted as it usually is, has had
a prodigious effect throughout America, and partly in the Old
World also, in redeeming multitudes from hardened atheism and
materialism, proving to them, by the positive demonstration
which their positive cast of mind requires, that there is another
world, that there is a non-material form of humanity, and that
many miraculous things which they had hitherto scoffed at
are true.
Charles Dickens, in a letter to Foster, the author of the Life of
Charles Dickens, says:
When in the midst of this trouble and pain I sit down to
my books, some beneficent power shows it all to me, and tempts
me to be interested: and I dont invent really I do not but
SE E IT and write it down.
Dr. B. F. Austin, the Spiritualist dissector of fallacies, in Rea
son of July, 1910, writes:
Especially should we seek to build up such alliances with
wise friends and helpers both mortals and spirits that the
higher nature may always dominate the lower and with a devel
oped spirituality, regulated thoughts, good environment and
strong allies in both worlds, we may bid adieu to all fears of
oppressive action on the part of others.
Gerald Massey, celebrated Spiritualist, poet and author, says:
Spiritualism will make religion infinitely more real, and
translate it from the domain of belief to that of life. It has been
to me, in common with many others, such a lifting of the mental
horizon and a letting in of the heavens such a transformation
of faiths into facts that I can only compare life without it to
172
sailing on board ship with hatches battened down, and being
kept prisoner, cribbed, cabined, and confined, living by the light
of a candle dark to the glory overhead, and blind to a thousand
possibilities of being and then suddenly on some starry night
allowed to go on deck for the first time to see the stupendous
mechanism of the starry heavens all aglow with the glory of
God, to feel that vast vision glittering in the eyes, bewilderingly
beautiful, and drink in new life with every breath of this
wondrous liberty, which make you dilate almost large enough
in soul to fill the immensity which you see around you.
R ev . H . R. H a w e is,
M.A., London, in an address in St. James
Hall, said:
I say that Spiritualism has finally taken away from us the
capricious, fanciful, irrational kind of God who is supposed to
judge His creatures in a way that would be a disgrace to a
common magistrate, without intelligence, pity, sympathy, or
knowledge; such a God as has revolted so many sensible religious
people; and Spiritualism has done away with him. Spiritualism
has pointed us to One who judges righteously. One who does
not change, who is the same yesterday, today, and forever, loving
man through all, bringing him back by slow degrees, back to
the diviner life, to the realization of his diviner self; One whose
policy can never alter, because He can never alter. Spiritualism
has told us of this remedial world beyond.
Murray once sa id :
T o me the next world is tangible; it is people without per
sons and forms palpable to the appreciation, its multitudes are
veritable, its society natural, its language audible, its companion
ship real, its loves distinct, its activities energetic, its life intel
ligent, its glory discernible.
R ev. W . H .
writer, author, and great French dramatist,

wrote thus to his friend, M. Jules Bois:
You ask me whether 1 believe in materialization. Of
course I do, because I have myself caused spirits to materialize
at the first epoch when I was a medium. And 1 still await the
scientific man who will successfully explain, as a psychic force
of which I should have been at once the author, spectator, and
victim, the fact that a bunch of roses which 1 still preserve was
thrown upon my writing table by an invisible hand."
V ic to r ie n
S ardou ,
SEL ECTED Q U O T A T IO N S
173
Ocharowicz, the learned professor in the University of Warsaw,

who was induced in 1894 to study psychic phenomena, after
ward said:
I found I had done a great wrong to men who had pro
claimed new truths at the cost of their positions. And now, when
1 remember that I curtly criticized Alfred Russell Wallace and
branded as a fool, that fearless investigator, Crookes, the in
ventor of the radiometer, because they had the courage to assert
the reality of mediumistic phenomena, and to subject them to
scientific test; and when I also recollect that I used to read
Crookes articles upon Spiritualism with the same stupid style,
as his colleagues in the British Association bestowed upon them,
regarding him as crazy, I am ashamed both of myself and
others, and I cry from the very bottom of my heart, Father, I
have sinned against the light!
Epes Sargent, editor Boston Transcript, author Scientific
Basis of Spiritualism, Proof Palpable of Immortality, The
Standard Speaker, Planchettc, the Despair of Science, and
22 Vols. on Etymology, was an enthusiastic Spiritualist.
In writing to an English Review, Mr. Sargent said:
A pure and Simple Theism what I believe to have been
the religion of Christ Himself freed from all eccesiastical
limitations and theological subtleties, is for me the culmination
of Spiritualism. God and Immortality sums it all up.
Harriet Beecher Stowe, the author of Uncle T om s Cabin,
said:
"One of the deepest and most imperative cravings of the
human heart, as it follows its beloved ones beyond the veil, is
for some assurance that they still love and care for us. . . . They
have overcome, have arisen, are crowned, glorified; but they still
remain to us, our assistants, comforters, and in every hour of
darkness their voices speak to us.
W ashington Irving, the distinguished American writer, said:
What could be more consoling that the idea that the souls
of those we once loved were permitted to return and watch over
our welfare. ... I see nothing in it (Spiritualism) that is incom
patible with the tender and merciful nature of our religion, or
revolting to the wishes and affections of the heart.
174
a name illustrious in the literature of the world, was a

poet-prophet, as well as a profound philosopher, dreaming of the
coming of Spiritual manifestations. In his Dream of the
Ghost-Seer, he says:
It will be hereafter proved that the soul, even in
this life, is in constant communication with the spiritual world,
and that these are susceptible of mutual impressions, but ordi
narily these impressions are unperceived.
K a n t,
writer, author, and Superintendent of

the New York City schools, and an ardent Spiritualist, thus
wrote:
The religion of Modern Spiritualism is entirely rational
and conforms to our best intuitions; it presents to the mind no
dogmas for compulsory acceptance and belief, no insoluble
mysteries and theological absurdities inconsistent with our
intuitive conceptions of a God of infinite love, wisdom and
beneficence. It is universal and cosmopolitan, containing the
good and true of all religions.
P r o f e s s o r H e n r y K id d le ,
the famous preacher, whom all Paris flocked

to hear, when he occupied the pulpit of Notre Dame, wrote:
In all times there were methods, more or less rare, of
communicating with spirits; only formerly, a great mystery was
made of what is today a popular formula. It is thus that God
proposes that man should not forget that there are two worlds
the one of the body, the other of the spirit."
F a t h e r L a c o r d a ir e ,
O liv e r
W e n d e ll
H o lm e s ,
in his "P rofessor at the Breakfast
Table, wrote:
You can not have people of cultivation, of pure charac
ter, sensible enough in common things, large-hearted women,
grave judges, shrewd business men, men of science, professing
to be in communication with the spirit world, and keeping up
constant intercourse with it, without its gradually reacting on
the whole conception of that other life.
one of the ablest, most traveled, and most ver
satile advocates of Spiritualism and W orlds Missionary-atLarge for the N. S. A., wrote:
The primitive Christians were religious Spiritualists.
They often saw Jesus in visions, and in His name they healed
D r. J. M . P e e b l e s ,
175
the sick. Spiritualism, the complement of Christianity, sweetens

the bitterest cup, helps bear the heaviest burden, lightens the
darkest days, comforts the saddest heart, and gathering up the
kindly efforts we make in behalf of our fellow-men, transfigures
them with its brightness, ennobles them with its moral grandeur,
and throws around them the circling aureole of fadeless
splendors. And further, by and through its holy ministries, we
know that the grave is no prison house for the soul, but that
life, progressive life is ours, eternal in the heavens."
Helen L. P. Russegue, the inspirational speaker, whose lectures
are clothed in the language of exalted thought and often
freighted with prophetic penetration, in her lecture on The
Light of Truth, said:
All your acts and thoughts here, you are weaving into the
tapestry of the future. The designs are beautiful, but you do not
see the result until you behold the other side. You do not see
the glories that may come to your lives here, for you are weav
ing for the future, weaving for eternity; radiating light here and
there over the earth for the salvation of the world. You are
saviors, you are redeemers, in so far as your lives are helpful
to others. You are saving the sinner, in so far as you are leading
him to loftier ideals and a purer life ; you are saving the ignorant
man, in so far as you are leading him into a larger and diviner
knowledge of truth; you are redeeming the sick from weakness
and disease, in so far as you are leading them to the fountains
of health and strength. You are teaching men the laws and the
divinity of their own being when you instill into them a desire
for the higher and nobler requirements of body and soul. Aye,
you are redeemers of the world when you are leading your
fellow-kind to better living and thinking, to a higher hope, a
higher appreciation, a higher morality, to a higher, holier
allegiance to all that is true, glorious and divine."
Mrs. R . S. L illie , the Spiritualist lecturer and medium, whose
thought has the sweet fragrance of optimism and whose style is
simple and poetic, in one of her lectures, said:
Why can we not all try to look upon death rationally, un
derstanding that to all souls it it gain more than loss, and when
it is inevitable, let our loved ones go out from us as we let our
children go forth from our homes to school, where they will have
176
advantages we with all our love cannot give them at home,

knowing that though they are not always in our sight they will
occasionally return to visit us? Then indeed the grave would be
robbed of its victory, and death of its sting!
(now Mrs. Garrison), formerly editor of the
Carrier Dove, a Spiritualistic paper, and of The Gleaner, a
paper devoted to the interests of women, and of The Pacific
Coast Spiritualist, and publisher of a valuable production
entitled, Workers in the Vineyard, in an address on Practical
Spiritualism, said:
J u lia S c h l e s i n g e r
Women should ever love and bless Spiritualism, for it has

done more toward breaking down the barriers of sex and open
ing wider fields of usefulness and freedom for her, than any
other ism the world has ever known. The wheels of progress
will never cease turning until equality shall exist, not in name
only but in all the outward manifestations, social, religious, and
political. If Spiritualism cannot inaugurate this reform for hu
manity if it cannot set free the captives if it cannot uplift the
downtrodden and revolutionize and spiritualize all strata of so
ciety then all the ministrations of the angel world are useless,
and all the beautiful sermons delivered from spiritual platforms
are only vain and empty words.
who was the first President of the N. S. A.
and held that position consecutively from 1893 to 1907, in his
essay on What Is Spiritualism? said:
H a r r is o n D . B a rrett,
It gives us the phenomena, the science, the philosophy;

which, when blended into oneness, give to the world at last a
religion that is probable both by induction and deduction, by
scientific demonstration and spiritual revelation. It is a religious
science and a scientific religion, a religious philosophy and a
philosophical religion. It gives to the world knowledge of the
future, and has no negatives or speculations to offer to those who
investigate its sublime teachings. The theologian and Christian
say, 1 believe; the agnostic says, I dont know, while the
materialist affirms annihilation of mans consciousness at the
change called death. Spiritualism has one answer to all these
speculations, and in two words solves the difficult problem of all
mankind, saying, 7 k n o w .
177
the classic medium, whose treasury o f

thought has enriched the Spiritualist literature, in her lecture o n
The Spiritual Panacea of the World, says:
Under the dominion of spiritual truth the problems of the
world are solved by your learning them: no man can have them
solved by a miracle, unless it is a miracle to live; but he must
learn them patiently day by day, his feet must walk in the path;
and if he is not in the right path he must find it out and win
another. As the light shines in from supernal realms, spirits and
angels point the way, and every voice beckons man toward the
truth, every help is given him to heal his spiritual and material
infirmities in the right way. When he has gained wisdom, that
which held to error falls and fades away. Just as soon as any
height is attained, the difficulties wherewith he attained it pass
away into oblivion, he only beholds the wonderful vista spread
out before his vision of truth and love divine.
C o r a L . V . R ic h m o n d ,
the philosopher of the Pacific Coast, in

his essay on Spiritualism, wrote:
A dual body implies dual consciousness; and careful
thinkers have been compelled to admit what they term the subconsciousness, which is really the consciousness of the Spiritual
or Etheric body. We find that mediumship, as a condition, is the
evolution of the spiritual senses, and in action, is the use of
these senses stimulated by spirit persons. We find also that the
energy manifest in mediumship is the same that carries on all
the processes of organic life. Mediumship brings us to the very
core of life itself and leaves us no definition of Spiritualism but
this: It is the science and philosophy of life.
P r o f. J. S. L o v e l a n d ,
the argumentative Spiritualistic lecturer, fear

less in debate, in his lecture on The Spirit World, said:
Spiritualists have been teaching ever since Spiritualism
began that spirit is the real substance and that these visible
material things are only shadows of that substance.
That is what we have been teaching right along, and here
comes the scientist now to back us up. Let me tell you right
here, that it is on the facts and discoveries of science that the
doctrines and teachings of Spiritualism are based. Every new
discovery in scientific research is an added support to what our
mediums and teachers have been giving us through the decades
of the past.
P r o f. W . F. P e c k ,
178
the medium, lecturer and former N. S. A. (now

N.S.A.C.) missionary, who convincingly presents the truths
of Spiritualism, in his Science of Spirit Communion, sa y s:
Since there are no miracles, it follows that there are no
supernatural facts; therefore, all facts are natural facts. They
become scientific facts the moment they are proved to be facts.
Therefore, if the giving of spirit messages is a truth, it is a
natural one, and when proved true it becomes a scientific truth.
* * * I see spirits as do hosts of others. I have demonstrated this
fact thousands of times through personal description of the
spirits I see, by communications given to me by them to deter
mine or prove their identity.
E. W . S p ra gu e,
W.
Colville, the inexhaustible storehouse of philosopsic

thought, in his Ancient Mystery and Modern Revelation, says:
There can be but three systems of philosophy appealing to
thinkers: Spiritualism, Materialism and Agnosticism. Mate
rialism is practically dead in scientific circles; the ground is,
therefore, virtually left to Spiritualists and Agnostics, who are
now pretty evenly dividing intellectual territory. O f these two
philosophical systems, one (Spiritualism) is decidedly affirma
tive, the other (Agnosticism) avowedly indefinite; and because
of the incontrovertible fact that all human knowledge is only
relative, there must always remain some place for a confession
of ignorance on some questions, together with a most positive
enunciation of knowledge concerning other matters. No intel
ligent man or woman can be exclusively either gnostic or
agnostic, but there are many thoughtful persons whose intellec
tual position is one of wise caution, who do not hesitate to avow
their positive convictions that the fundamental propositions of
Spiritualism are fully demonstrable.
J.
the eminent French Astronomer, in his

book, After Death, says:
The soul survives the physical organism and manifests
after death. * * * I am all the more certain of my inductions
as to the existence of the soul beyond the grave, and the souls
influence, from the fact that I spent a long time in probing them,
verifying them, and passing upon them. From 1861 to 1922
there are more than sixty years. So far-reaching an investiga
tion is in itself a guarantee which gives me the highest hopes
C a m ille
F la m m a r io n ,
179
of the scientific worth of the conclusions. It would be only

logical for those who deny occurrences, to base their opposition
on an investigation of the same sort.
R. F r a n c is , late editor of The Progressive Thinker,
ardent supporter of the N. S. A., friend of genuine mediums
and exposer of frauds, in an essay on Marriage, said:
"The ideal marriage institution, though not realized, may
well be regarded as sacred, and the vast number who are
shrinking from marriage at present are exercising a very potent
influence, yet the time will come when simplicity in life will be
the chief charm of existence, when one man and one woman,
united together, will form not only the superstructure of all
homes, but be a basis on which governments will prosper and
perpetuate themselves.
John
the medium, lecturer and inspired writer of

graceful spiritual novels, in the preface of her book entitled
Lisbeth, said:
No blow is dealt at any religion; it is only the cruelty and
the bigotry that are aimed at. In fact, these characters which
have dominated me have, in the main, selected from the for
mulas of known faiths the germs that will live and bring in strik
ing contrast Daniel D oolittles Christianity without a Christ, and
Mrs. K elloggs life moulded and shaped by the Christ principle.
As for the psychic features brought forth, nothing new is
claimed. These phenomena are permeating the whole world.
Heaven and earth have become so linked together, that even
ignorance is slow to deny the possibility of communion with the
dead. Our most sought-for divines acknowledge its truths, and
are paving the way for a newer, larger outlook, that the world
has had before. It is no longer the question of the age: What
do you believe? but What is truth? Give us a knowledge of
the law.
C a r r ie E . S. T w i n g ,
President of the N.S.A. (now N.S.A.C.),

1907 to January, 1925, able and scholarly advocate of the
tenets of Spiritualism.
The light of Truth is never totally extinguished. Even
when it may seem for a time to have entirely died out, yet, when
favoring conditions therefore are found, its effulgence returns
with the diurnal regularity of the sun and stars.
Increasing multitudes of men and women are constantly
D r. G e o r g e B. W a r n e ,
180
saying of Spiritualism I was blind, but now I see. Physical
blindness may be due to heredity, accident, disease, ignorance,
or wilfulness.
Evidence of the personal continuity of life may be ob
scured by inherited prejudice, by accident or environment, by
the hindrance of intolerant teaching, by ignorance of Natural
Laws, or by the individuals deliberate closing of all mental av
enues against easily available evidence. Absolute dependence
upon others for our convictions may make spineless cowards of
all who hesitate to exercise intellectual initiative for themselves.
Travelers by daylight, with open eyes, may read anew the
marvels of the universe revealed by forests, fields, pastures and
flocks, by valleys and mountains, by lakes and stately flowing
streams, and by the sight of human beings of different customs
absorbed in varying duties of daily life.
Journey by night over the same route will reveal to eyes
sealed by slumber nothing of the ever changing richness of
Natures wonderful panorama.
Theological teachers of older systems emphasize prohibi
tions made in a long ago age by Moses commanding the Israel
ites not to consult Mediums of his day, however styled, and to
adjure all dealing with the dead.
The historical setting at the time of that inhibition by the
great lawgiver is rarely shown. The Jews, whether in captivity
or en route to Canaan, found themselves often in proximity to
races of differing customs and religions whose Mediums taught
principles and manners contrary to those with which he was
trying to indoctrinate the Hebrew race. What more human than
that, foster child of Pharaohs daughter, trained in the life and
lore of Egypt, he should forbid his followers to heed anything
spoken by representatives of heathen peoples who opposed his
ideas, in which he hoped to invincibly ground his own race?
If the injunction against consulting the dead was for the
people of all time, why do we later see Jesus on the Mount of
Transfiguration in intimate conversation with Moses and Elias,
both then physically dead for a long time? Moses appearance
there makes possible that he may also have kept his promise to
Joshua to be with him, and then started for his lonely tryst with
death on Pisgahs peak.
Why did Samuel return to Saul Angels to Abraham,
181
Hagar, Lot and the watching shepherds on the star lit plains,
with a song of annunciation?
All such appearances happened under natural laws estab
lished by Infinite Intelligence. Life in spirit is as universal as
life physical. Life of the spirit entity is endless in duration!
Each individual makes his happiness here and hereafter as
he obeys or disobeys Natures physical and spiritual laws."
Spiritualist teacher and lecturer; for many
years Trustee and Vice-President of the N. S. A. (now N.S.A.C.).
Modern Spiritualism is pre-eminently an educational
movement. We have abandoned the idea of being saved vicari
ously through the merits and suffering of others.
Nature has implanted within us Infinite Possibilities, and
launching us out on the great sea of life, figuratively speaking,
says: Go out into the world. Make something out of yourself!
Ours is the privilege either of meeting death as bankrupt souls,
mental and spiritual paupers, or as souls, rich in mental and
spiritual attainments. Which shall it be?
Spiritualism is a religion that consists of doing good and
acting honestly toward one another; a religion, not of forms and
ceremonies, nor of long prayers and longer faces, but religion
of kindness, justice and good works; a religion that will make
life brighter and more livable, and will bring back smiles to the
lips and happiness to the souls of all who understand and live up
to its highest teachings.
T h o m a s G r im s h a w ,
LL.M., formerly member of the Maine

State Senate and for many years Trustee of N. S. A. (now
N.S.A.C.).
"Spiritualism is a science, a philosophy and a religion. It
is not three things, but one thing with three aspects.
So far as it deals with phenomena, it is a science.
So far as it attempts to answer, in the light of its generali
zations, built up from a study of its phenomena, the question.
What is the real nature of the Universe, and what is Mans
relation to it? it is a philosophy.
So far as it deals with the individual Soul, its nature and
development in this life and in the life beyond, the relationship
between the kind of life lived here and the kind lived beyond, it
is a religion.
H o n . M a r k A. B a r w is e ,
182

It is a religious science and philosophy and a scientific and
philosophical religion.
As a religion it is based on the bedrock of sense impres
sions of phenomenal evidence. Its foundation is as firm and as
sure as are the foundations of Astronomy and Geology. It
teaches a grandeur and beauty of soul development in the life
beyond, undreamed of by any other religion.
It satisfies every demand of the intellectual side of our
nature and it likewise fulfils every requirement of the heart.
Mary T. Longley, the inspired writer of spiritual narratives, in

her book What Is Death? says:
Death brings its stores of knowledge, its planes of activity
to every human being, and it rests with the individual whether
or not progress is made at first. Eventually, all must proceed,
master the lessons, climb the grades, and press on to higher and
higher states of power and knowledge; but Death itself is a
function in the great scheme and body of the universe, a factor
in the w orlds progress from which none can ecape. It behooves
mankind then to learn all that is possible of its nature and pur
pose and to so live as to intelligently welcome its advance for
the good that it can bring in restoring wasted energies and
recuperating forces that make for spiritual elevation and power.
Rev. W ill J. Erwood, the well known Spiritualist speaker and
writer, in his book, Spiritualism and the Catholic Church,

says:
Spiritualism lays stress upon the necessity of character
building it teaches that each person must suffer for his trans
gression ; that there is no evasion of that law.
It urges spiritual unfoldment real unfoldment; it is
humanitarian Spiritualists have been uniformly moved to par
ticipate in progressive and humanitarian work. All along the
line of human progression will be found, well in the vanguard,
men and women who have been, and are, ardent Spiritualists.
George W. Kates, Secretary of the N. S. A., 1907 to 1922, con
structive thinker and former missionary, in his lecture on Re
sponsibility, said:
We need to develop a responsible humanity on earth which
shall undertake its own salvation, and shall understand that good
183
deeds are far preferable to creeds. The saving power in the

teachings of good spirits is manifest today, and it was the intent
long ago to apply this power to promote human progress and
welfare and to release the dulled senses of men from thralldom
of materialistic unbelief and irresponsibility. The proof of the
resurrection is needed in the churches. The infusion of the
Holy Ghost (Good Spirit) is essential for the restoration of
the Christ-power amongst men; for each shall be a Christ when
love and justice reign in the soul.
H a r l o w - G o e t z , the highly-developed inspirational
speaker, in her lecture on the "Pleasures of Liberty, said:
The liberty to think what we please and to express our
thoughts, has revealed to man that he is the consummation of
all living things and has within him the secret powers of the
universe. Wherever liberty of thought exists, there men have
come to know themselves and each other and to understand
their inter-relationships. The man who has never tasted die
elixir of liberty of thought does not know the thrills of man
hood; and he who has never battled with warring thoughts,
knows nothing of the glory of victory. Man is never really
conscious to any great degree until he has been liberated in
thought; for it is not until then that the spirit puts in the last
master-touch which makes the most beautiful thing on earth, a
human face, lined and formed by high intelligence and illumined
by a noble soul-consciousness.
E liz a b e th
Spiritualist lecturer and writer, in his

work on the Wisdom of the Ages, wrote:
"D o the good and right not because thou expectest to be
rewarded for thy services with the smiles and kindly words of
the recipient, but because the doing of the good and right brings
its own reward in the satisfaction it causes to permeate thy
whole being.
D r. G e o r g e
A. F u lle r ,
the gentle teacher of refined spiritual truths, in

one of her lectures said:
"What is it to be spiritually minded? It is to live a life
above that of the mundane plane, to reach the development of
powers hitherto unknown, to discover truth through our own
realization of the Divine, in short, to reach illumination, to feel
S u s i e C. C la rk ,
184
a lofty inspiration, to respond to every true aspiration. The

height you would surmount, brother, is within yourself.
the able exponent of Spiritualism, in
his Review of the Rev. R. V. Hunters Attack Upon Modern
Spiritualism, said:
A great many people look upon us as a distinct sect, as
though in some way we are like the Baptists, in a little school by
ourselves; or the Presbyterians, of Calvinistic creed, a little set
by themselves; or like the Methodists, another set by themselves.
Let me say to you, that this is a very erroneous conception, as
the philosophy of Nature belongs to all mankind; the Spiritual
ists of today, the intellect of today, espouse the cause of Spir
itualism, because it is the friend of humanity, and voice, so far
as they are able, the majesty of these sublime truths, that Nature
in her elemental and primordial states is in fin ite ly s p ir it u a l; that
all of her modes of motion are psychic; that all things grow by
invisible processes; that the human intellect is the most psychic
receiver in the entire laboratory of cosmic art; that invisible
modes of mental motion unites the conscious soul to the con
scious soul the world over.
P r o f. W . M . L o c k w o o d ,
F red
A.
W ig g in ,
the medium, in his book on Cubes and
Spheres, says:
And ever and forever as the ages roll, the great ocean of
Life will throb and pulsate with G ods Love, it will beat against
the headlands and granite cliffs of ignorance until they crumble
and melt away, and over these ruined bulwarks the billows of
Truth will sweep on and on, bearing upon their mighty crests,
the ark of safety in which every expression of human life will
float onward, and the involved be borne back into the Infinite
Heart of God, from which it was primarily evolved.
the distinguished American medium, in an
address at Haverhill, Mass., in 1898, said:
Spiritualism has outridden the gale of popular opinion,
the clouds overhead are broken and the dawn of a yet brighter
day gladdens our souls. Though we may weep for the dead
let us salute the immortals. The day will come when they will
visit every fireside, hold converse with us, and sit at our table
on our sacred anniversaries.
In the influence of the bright memories of our early
M a r y S. V a n d e r b ilt ,
185
defenders, and spurred on by their exalted example, may we be

lifted to the mount of transfiguration, where, communing with
their spirits, we may discern the sublime grandeur of the mighty
truth of Spiritualism, for which they lived and labored.
Sir Oliver Lodge in message sent to the convention of World
Fellowship of Faiths held in Chicago in September, 1933: What na
tions have to realize is the guiding and helpful power of the spiritual
world. All religions can agree on that great thesis, with whatever
restrictions and minutiae it may be accompanied because of indi
vidual beliefs and sectarian prejudices. Let us unite in this enterprise
of impressing the reality of the spiritual world and its active co
operation with us, and the outlook for the future becomes bright.
So let my friends who look upon my clay,
Before the purifying blaze has loosed
Its hold upon my real self,
Go on the even tenor of their way
With neither moan, nor tear, nor fear for me,
Rejoicing that the change has made me free
And opened up the door to progress ever more.
If forward turn their thoughts,
I pray them think of me as journeying on
In search of Truth and Love and Beauty,
With less of earthly dross and limitations,
With more of Light and Life and Power,
As I climb the heights.
And so 1 would that my life here and there,
Become a lasting benediction to the world.
B. F. Austin in W h e n I A m G one.
God is spirit (not "a spirit as incorrectly rendered) and if man
be made in his image and likeness, he, in his real being must be spirit
also. The seen body is mans instrument, but it is not man. Our
souls breathe the spiritual atmosphere of G ods imminence. Men
have sought everywhere outside to find God, vainly neglecting the
spiritual corridors of their profounder consciousness. As man thinks
God-like thoughts and comes into deific conjunction, he also gains
an increasing command of spiritual powers and prerogatives.
Henry W ood in L i f e M o r e A b u n d a n t.
186
Death is the laying down of an instrument which is no longer

fitted for, or responsive to soul growth. It is emergence from an
outgrown shell. To be dead is good if it be death in the right direc
tion. It is the leaving behind of that which is no longer useful. Death
to sin is life to righteousness. Such is the real resurrection, rather
than any collecting of dust which once served as a temporary
costume or tenement.
Henry Wood in L i f e M o r e A b u n d a n t.
Was God nearer to the world in the days of the patriarchs and
prophets than he is today? Is he not as ready to lead our nation as
he was the Hebrew people? Why do men hunt for him in the dark
ness and distance rather than in the light and nearby? Special devo
tion to the sanctities of the dead past takes from the present a large
part of its value and beauty. Whittier voices the spiritual ideal:
That all of good the past hath had
Remains to make our own time glad,
Our common daily life divine,
And every land a Palestine.
Henceforth my heart shall sigh no more
For olden time and holier shore
Gods love and blessing, then and there,
Are now and here and everywhere.
Henry Wood in L i f e M o r e A bu n d an t.
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle: Spiritualism is the greatest revela
tion the world has ever known.
I have seen spirits walk around the room and join in the talk
of the company.
We are continually conscious of protection around us.
General experience shows that a facile acceptance of these
claims of spirit is very rare among earnest thinkers and that there is
hardly any prominent Spiritualist whose course of study and reflec
tion has not involved a novitate of many years.
The History of Spiritualism.
James Abbott (Former Editor of T h e N a t i o n a l S p i r i t u a l
i s t ) : But let there be no sadness of farewell, when we shall cross
the bar. All departures in nature are singularly glorious. The bril-
187
liant hues of the falling leaf are not the hectic of decay, but the sign
of maturity. Its turning is not a mournful spectacle, but rather a
joyous one, when nature arrays herself for the festival of triumph.
It is her season of jubilation and magnificence.
Rev. E. W. Sprague: Right thinking is mans true saviour. It
very soon establishes his self-reliance, and self-reliance, coupled with
right thinking will develop mans moral nature to the highest point
and prepare him to enter into spiritual unfoldment of those higher
gifts and faculties that place him in communion with spirits in the
spiritual realms.
In the study of Modem Spiritualism one is brought into the
spiritual thought realm and his spiritual faculties are touched by the
thoughts of spirits which stimulate them into activity. The same
law operates in every realm. Knowing this we must unfold spiritually
so that our spiritual faculties become active.
188
Man Limitless
History has shown, that in every step man has taken upward
to a higher plane of mental activity and ideality, he has taken each
one by the overcoming of certain environments and by the freeing
himself from some early beliefs which a broadening intelligence dis
covered to be fallacious. In advancing he has, however, always
carried with him certain dogmas of error in spite of the fact that
others which had formerly fettered him were thrown aside. Having
made the intellectual advance, more light gradually cam e; and, with
the mental horizon widened by years of thoughtful observation,
another and another step has been taken. At each advance some
errors have been dropped, while some were still retained and carried
forward. As I follow the ascent of man toward complete mental
freedom, I can see most clearly that he has forged his own fetters,
and that he alone is responsible for his growth.
The dawning of the new century is marked as a thought-period
in history. Representative man is doing his own thinking. He has
advanced to a point where his consciousness has awakened to a con
cept of his possibilities. Step by step he has progressed through the
ages; now, at one leap or bound, he links himself to Infinity and
claims the realization of his hopes and ideals as his birthright. He
demands if Infinity holds secrets that they shall be disclosed to him ;
because he is one with infinite life.
Knowing this plane is attainable in the present age, and believing
thousands and thousands are approaching it, I present the mental
paths I have traversed and which led me to recognize mans heritage
of power opening into his limitless possibilities.
FLOYD B. WILSON.
Spiritualist Progressive Lyceum

The Spiritualist Progressive Lyceum was founded at a meet
ing held at Dodsworth Hall, No. 806 Broadway, New York City,
by Andrew Jackson Davis, on January 25, 1863.
In his remarks during the course of the meeting, Mr. Davis
said:
We have assembled this afternoon to inaugurate an asso
ciation for the physical and spiritual improvement of both sexes
and of all ages.
The plan is not original with me. It is an attempt to unfold
and actualize on earth, partially at least, a progressive juvenile
assemblage like those in the summer land, whither children are con
stantly going from earth, and where they are received into groups for
improvement, growth and graduation.
Thus the idea of the LYCEUM was based upon a vision of
the great association of Lyceums existing in the Spirit World, as
seen in vision by this great seer, which he describes as one of the
most classical, progressive and musical brotherhoods in the homeland
of the Good, the True and the Beautiful.
Andrew Jackson Davis was one of the great psychics and seers
of the ages, lecturing at an early age before educated and enlightened
men and societies, and writing during his life time many of the books
of the deepest and most profound philosophy, and of the science of
life as it is manifested in the Spirit World.
He was so sensitive that he could remember his spiritual wander
ings in the spirit world and on awakening to physical consciousness
gave vivid and beautiful descriptions of conditions existing there.
Among other things he has stated that he saw, Children con
tinually passing from their homes on earth into their homes in the
spirit world. Being received into beautiful homes and cared for
and nursed by good wise men and loving women in the summer
land. He saw Children at their play and at their lessons; on their
visits to other societies of children, and taking part in music, in
singing and in their beautiful marches.
Quoting from Outlines of Spiritualism for the Young by
Alfred Kitson, Mr. Davis saw that the children when met in Ses
sions in their Lyceums were arranged in groups, all the members of
one group being of similar age. Then these groups were named by
189
190
SP IR ITU A L IST P R O G R E SSIV E LYCEUM
their Spirit Leaders as they thought would best express their nature
and the unfoldment of their powers.
He was so pleased with all the things he saw that it filled him
with a desire to have similar schools on earth where people could be
taught how to grow to be wise and good and true, with a correct
understanding of their own bodies and of their own souls as well
as of a knowledge of the true conditions existing in the Spirit World,
and of the effect the lives lived on the earth plane will have upon the
condition of the soul as it enters the Spirit World.
Organizing a Lyceum
The manner of organizing and conducting a Lyceum varies in
different localities according to conditions prevailing, the number of
Lyceumists attending and the ages of those who do attend.
A good general form which is elastic and can be varied to meet
the needs of the occasion may be outlined about as follows:
Seats should be provided in advance and placed in different
parts of the hall, or meeting room, in circle or class form, sufficient
to seat all who will attend the different classes arranged for.
Lyceums should always start promptly at hour and moment an
nounced, even if there are only two or three present, and should be
closed as punctually at the usual closing time.
Each member should be present and in their seats at the time
set for the opening of the Lyceum meeting.
At the time announced, Lyceum Leader sounds bell, All rise:
Sing two verses of hymn previously selected. Invocation by member
of Lyceum, Remain standing: Give pledge to flag.
"I Pledge allegiance to the Flag of the
United States of America and to the
Republic for which it stands, one nation under God,
Indivisible, with liberty and justice for all.
Give the Flag Salute, By C. Fannie Allyn :
Hail Star Spangled Banner, the sign of the free,
Our hearts and our hands pledge allegiance to thee,
We salute thee and echo from shore unto shore
One country united, one flag evermore.
Still standing, repeat the DECLA RA TION O F PRINCI-
191
PLES, as adopted by the National Spiritualist Associa

tion of Churches, in unison with, or following the Lyceum
Leader.
At sound of bell all be seated, class conference, on topic selected
on previous Sunday, the leader of each class encouraging
each member to express their views, and to ask questions
on subject under consideration.
Above takes about forty-minutes.
At sound of bell classes all rise and form for marching and
physicial exercises, lasting about fifteen minutes.
At sound of bell all resume seats.
Leader of the Lyceum then asks members of each class to give
their thoughts to the Lyceum, upon the subject that has
been considered in their class, asking the leader of the class
last for her views upon the question. Care should be taken
not to embarrass any of the class members by insisting on
extended statements or explanations. Often members of
classes will merely state the subject of conference without
expressing individual views, but will gradually be led into
a more free expression of thought, by patience, considera
tion, and encouragement
Offertory.
Announcements by leader of each class of subject selected for
conference on following Sunday.
Memory Gems.
Songs.
Short recitations by those willing to give them.
Closing hymn.
Benediction.
Invitation to come again.
Lyceum meetings should last about one hour and a half and be
kept interesting all the time.
Before the physical exercises a popular or patriotic song may be
sung, all joining in the singing.
Chidren should hold office when possible and should be invited
in turn to offer invocation, benediction, to take up offertory,
distribute and collect banners, care for books and any other
duties connected with the conduct of the Lyceum. Nothing
holds the interest of the children or other members so
effectively as to feel that they are taking an active and use
ful part in the conducting of the Lyceum.
192
SPIR ITU A L IST P R O G R E SSIV E LYCEUM
The Lyceum should elect its conductor, but it is sometimes

found advisable for the conductor to appoint the other
officers, or leaders, those being Class Leaders, Secretary,
Treasurer, Collector, Chaplain, Librarian, and other o f
ficers that may be found advisable.
There can be no more important or valuable work done for the
cause of Spiritualism than in the founding and the maintaining of
Lyceums.
Every Church and Society should have its Lyceum, and yet the
founding of Lyceums is not dependent upon Church or Society, but
often may be started in localities or communities where no other so
ciety exists.
A Lyceum may be started in the home where there are father,
mother, perhaps two children, with two or three young cousins from
down the street and perhaps one or two neighbors from next door.
A song may be sung and invocation offered, and a page or two
read from some good suitable Spiritualist book of which there are
many, and then conference and discussion upon the article read out
of the book.
As these meetings continue, interest will grow and from small
beginnings, strong societies may be formed, but the Lyceum should
always be continued and interest in its work maintained.
The object of the Lyceum is, not to teach the individual, wheth
er child or adult, to accept and memorize ideas, theories or answers
to questions that have been formulated by others, but is rather to
teach them to think for themselves and to develop their own ideas in
regard to all things affecting their own relationship to the universe
and to God, their own welfare and happiness, their own growth and
unfoldment physically, mentally and spiritually, on this material
plane of life, also in the Spirit World.
Investigation, study and conference of this kind will gradually
but surely bring to each one the full realization that all the mani
festations of nature, whether in the vegetable, animal, mental, or
spiritual kingdom are subject to immutable and unchangeable law,
and what a man wishes himself, or his life to be, he must make for
himself by an understanding of and compliance with the laws of
nature, which are the laws of God.
The soul grows even as the mighty oak grows and only by
living in accordance with spiritual law can spiritual development
be attained.
193
The Declaration of Principles adopted by the National Spirit

ualist Association of Churches, also the Spiritualist definition of the
four words, Spiritualism, Spiritualist, Medium, Healer, should be
carefully read over, analyzed, criticized and otherwise discussed
until each one feels satisfied that he thoroughly understands them,
and after that they may profitably be perfectly memorized.
In these pages will be found a list of Questions and Answers
about Spiritualism. We do not recommend memorizing them, at
any time. They are offered only as seed thoughts from which may
be derived useful and desirable subjects for consideration and for
conference, and in such conference much more logical and satis
factory answers to the questions may be developed and a clearer
understanding obtained by the members of the class. Valuable
lessons may also be obtained from a consideration of the Bible
References to be found on other pages of this Manual, also from
SEL ECTED Q U O T A T IO N S on still other pages.
As a study of the laws of nature and of the philosophy of
Spiritualism continue, the interest of the members of the class will
continue to grow and expand, for everywhere in nature it will be
found that all of the laws of nature blend in perfect harmony and
unity, and that the desired and desirable is obtained, not by miracle,
or by prayer for special interposition of divine providence, but by
an understanding of and compliance with the laws of nature, which
are the laws of God, by which and through which alone, Spirit
comes in contact with and manifests upon, the material, the mental,
and the spiritual realms of life.
Spiritualism Is a Science because it investigates, analyzes and
classifies facts and manifestations, demonstrated from the spirit side
of life.
Spiritualism Is a Philosophy" because it studies the laws of
nature both on the seen and unseen sides of life and bases its
conclusions upon present observed facts. It accepts statements of
observed facts of past ages and conclusions drawn therefrom, when
sustained by reason and by results of observed facts of the present
day.
Spiritualism Is a Religion" because it strives to understand
and to comply with the Physical, Mental and Spiritual Laws of
Nature, which are the laws of God.
Much beautiful spiritual inspiration, from which topics for class
consideration may be gathered, will be found in many of the poems
194
SPIR ITU A L IST PRO G R ESSIV E LYCEUM
which are printed on the closing pages of this Manual. Valuable

lessons may also be found in the chapter under the heading
Philosophy of Spiritualism, also in the chapters Selected
Quotations, The Spirit of World, Questions and Answers About
Spiritualism, Bible References and Suggestions for Self
Culture.
It will be found helpful and profitable to all who wish to acquire a
broader knowledge of Spiritualism to take up the correspondence
courses of study, upon the Science, Philosophy and Religion of
Spiritualism, as prepared and published by the Bureau o f Education
of the National Spiritualist Association of Churches, The Morris Pratt
Institute. The name and address of the superintendent and of the
secretary of the Bureau of Education will be found in the current issue
of the N.S.A.C. Year Book, or in the current issue o f T h e N a t io n a l
S p ir itu a list, Official Church Publication, N.S.A.C.
Pioneers
The work of our pioneers is a monument to Spiritualism. Their
unfaltering footsteps, their unwavering courage and strength has
laid the foundation for Modern Spiritualism. What a happy reunion of
all of these workers in the Spirit World! Their counsel and guidance
continues, for their interest and loyalty to the Cause never wanes.
Many other names could be added to this but space forbids.
"The Poughkeepsie S eer, was bom in
Blooming Grove, Orange County, N. Y., August 11, 1826 and pass
ed on at Boston, Mass., January 13, 1910. He foretold the coming
of Modern Spiritualism and established the first Lyceum. Acutely
sensitive to spirit contact he became a prolific writer.
A ndrew Jackson Davis:
Margaret and Catherine, children of John and

Margaret Fox, are credited with the investigation of rappings which
occurred in their home in Hydesville, N. Y. in 1848 and which
brought about the Advent of Modern Spiritualism.
T h e Fox Sisters:
Born at Whitington, Vt., March 23,

1822 of Scot-Calvanist parents. Ordained in the Universalist ministry
when he was 20 years old, he later came into the awareness of
Spiritualism, travelled around the world three times for Spiritualism,
being the first public lecturer in America, India and London. Dr.
Peebles was a physician of ability, a great scholar and an out
standing orator. He passed away at Los Angeles, Calif, in 1921,
just a few weeks before his 100th birthday. For several years he
was Editor of the B a n n er o f L igh t.
Dr. J. M. Peebles, A.M., P h D .:
A native of California he is known as a

lecturer, author and editor, and is attributed to have brought many
thinking people into the ranks of Spiritualism. He wrote the first
American book on Spiritualism called T h e E s o t e r i c I ruth s o f
Professor J. B. Loveland:
S p ir itu a lism .
Born in London, England, May 2, 1823

and passed to spirit in 1900. She came to America in 1855 to ap
pear in a Broadway play and came to understand about her psychic
powers and later became one of the greatest propogandists Modern
Spiritualism ever had.
Emma H ardinge Britten:
195
1%
Born in Berlin, Ohio and passed there December

15, 1910. In his later years unfolded his psychic and mental powers
and penned several inspirational and educational books, among them
the A r c a n a o f N a tu re and M e d iu m s h i p a n d I t s L aw s. His wife, Emma
Rood Tuttle was a noted poet, prose and press writer and a great
worker for the Lyceum.
H u dson Tuttle:
Widely known for their paintings by

precipitation on canvas by spirit operators they are also known for
their remarkable demonstrations of clairvoyance, slate writing, type
writing and materialization.
T h e Bangs Sisters:
Commenced her career in the realms of

Spiritualism while still in her teens (as Miss Scott); became
Spiritualisms outstanding orator. Her inspirational lectures were
highly philosophical, sublime and elevating. She was a leader,
organizer, preacher, missionary, teacher, speaker and writer.
Cora L. V. Richm ond:
Born in Mansfield, Mass., in 1868 and

passed to spirit April 27, 1919. Message work and inspirational
speaking were her spiritual faculties. In 1906, by request of the Czar
of Russia, she visited that country and held seances for the Imperial
family. Of her, Moses Hull said She has few equals and no superior
as a test m edium
Mary Pepper Vanderbilt:
To Mattie, the power of the spirit was made

manifest before her parents had ever heard of Mediums ,
Circles, or Spiritualism. A young doctor, also a clairvoyant,
discovered her faculty and persuaded his minister, a Unitarian, to
invite her to address his congregation at Athol, Mass. Here it was
that she gave her first public lecture.
Moses Hull emerged from the rankest Materialist into
Spiritualism by way of Adventism, and he was an Advent minister.
Always a medium it was easy for him to grasp Spiritualism and he
became a powerful speaker and tireless worker for the Cause. He
later became President of Morris Pratt Institute.
Mattie and M oses Hull:
Morris Pratt: A man of integrity, honor and foresight. Resided prior

to 1888 in Whitewater, Wisconsin. As the result of a vision and
receiving a spirit message, and foreseeing the need of education in
Spiritualism, the Morris Pratt Institute was established by him. He
passed to the Higher Life December 2, 1902.
Dr. J. V. Mansfield: World famous medium, known as The Spiritual
Postmaster, correctly answered hundreds of thousands of sealed
197
letters under the most searching test conditions, and written in

many foreign languages.
An Englishman, he commenced his career as an
inspirational speaker. In America he was known for his knowledge
of the Spiritualist Philosophy, his lectures and his books. Perhaps
the best known today is his C a t e c h is m o f S p ir it u a l P h ilo s o p h y .
W ill J. Colville:
A prominent Yonkers, N. Y. attorney and law

partner of Daniel Webster, later of Governor T. B. Hoffman. Author
ed a book titled l lo w I B e c a m e a S p ir it u a lis t.
Luther R. Marsh:
Mr. Sprague, a trance and inspirational

lecturer and platform test medium was bom near Buffalo, N. Y.,
September 18, 1847. When a circle was held in his home September
3, 1881 he was entranced by the spirit of a boy who had drowned.
In later years he devoted his time to writing books on Spiritualism.
Mrs. Sprague, born in Michigan, became aware of her mediumship in 1881. The couple traveled extensively and held the record
of organizing more Spiritualist Societies than any one else in the
field.
Mr. and Mrs. E.W. Sprague:
For many years a Unitarian minister of Genesco,

Illinois, but later very active in Spiritualism. He was well known
for his teaching colors and the auras.
J. C. G rum bine:
Born in Canaan, Maine, April 26, 1863 and

passed to spirit January 12, 191L A graduate of Unitarian Theo
logical School at Meadsville, Pennsylvania. Taught school for a
few years and due to the passing to spirit of a beloved sister and
the evidence that he received from this spirit he embraced Spiritual
ism. For seven years was Editor of the B a n n e r o f L igh t. Liter be
came the first President of the National Spiritualist Association of
Churches.
H arrison D. Barrett:
Born November 17, 1868 in Lancashire, Eng

land and passed to spirit J anuary 1, 1938. Became interested in
Spiritualism at the age of 20, and in September of 1893 was a
delegate to the Chicago convention where theN.S.A. was organized.
Served as an officer from 1903 to January 1938. For several years
was Superintendent of the Bureau of Education and at the time of
his passing at Long Beach, California he was Vice-President of
the N. S. A. and was one of our great philosophers.
T hom as Grimshaw:
H on. Mark A. Barwise:
Born in Bangor, Maine, he received his
198
S P IR IT U A L IS T
MANUAL
degree of L.L.D. at the University of Maine. Established a law

office at Bangor and served as Recorder of Municipal Court. Later
served in the Legislature of Maine. Probably best known for his
book, P r e f a c e to S p ir it u a l i s m .
Born in Leith, Near Edinburgh, Scotland.
He came to America in his youth to live with an aunt in Con
necticut but later returned to Great Britain. His greatest work was
done in England and France where he passed away (in Paris).
Among the notables that he demonstrated his mediumship to were
Napoleon and the Czar of Russia. While known for levitation he
was a wonderful clairvoyant, and he is noted for the fact that he
would not commercialize his mediumship.
D aniel D u n g la sH o m e :
Was one of the organizers of the N.S.A.

in 1893 and the following year was elected Honorary Vice-Presi
dent. Resigned that appointment to become a Missionary for the
organization. Was Editor of the P r o g r e s s i v e T h in k er for twentyfour years. Retired and went to Philadelphia, Penna. where she
passed away, December 24, 1934.
Mrs. M. E. Cadwallader:
Born in Chatham, New York, Febru

ary 8, 1795- Admitted to the N.Y. bar at the age of 23 and in 1828
was elected to the Legislative Assembly. Elected U.S. Senator for
a six year term and in 1844 he was offered the office of Governor
of Wisconsin, then a territory. In May of 1852 his attention was
drawn to Spiritualism and in the spring of 1854 his name headed a
list of 13,000 Spiritualists on a Memorial to Congress asking that
body to appoint a select committee to invesigate this claim of pos
sibly communicating with the so-called dead. He became a staunch
advocate of Spiritualism and passed to spirit November 2, 1864.
Nathaniel Potter Tallm adge:
Born in 1860 and passed to spirit in 1962. Dis

covered by Mrs. William James, wife of the Harvard professor
William James. Widely known for her co-operation as a test medium
with the English Society of Psychical Research and later with the
American counterpart.
Leonora Piper:
Born in New York City and passed to spirit

September 27, 1938. One of the organizers of the National Spirit
ualist Association. Became aware of Spiritualism about fourteen
years of age and because of her faith would have nothing to do
with Spiritualism at that early age. After the birth of her first
M aggie Waite:
199
child, actually about six years, she started investigating the

subject and became one of Spiritualisms outstanding platform
workers.
(1811-72), famous American political writer.
Editor of the N ew York T ribu n e, an important figure in early
American Spiritualism. He was the first caller on the Fox sisters
in New York in June, 1850. The columns of his newspaper were
fair and impartial during the period of the wild controversy.
H orace Greeley:
Selected Poetry
SH E IS N O T DEAD
You call her dead:
You cannot see her in her glad sur
prise,
Kissing the tear-drops from your
weeping eyes;
Moving about you through the am
bient air,
Smoothing the whitening ripples of
your hair.
You call her dead:
You cannot see the flowers she
daily twines
In garlands for you, from immortal
vines;
The danger she averts, you never
know;
For her sweet care you only tears
bestow.
You call her dead:

Vainly youll wait until the last
trump sounds,
Vainly your love entombed beneath
the ground!
Vainly in kirk-yard raise your
mourning wail!
Your loved is living in some sun
nier vale.
You call her dead:
You think her gone to her eternal
rest,
Like some strange bird forever left
her nest!
Her sweet voice hush'd within the
silent grave
While o'er her dust the weeping
willows wave.
You call her dead:
And yet she lives and loves! Oh
wondrous truth.
In golden skies she breathes im
mortal youth!
Look upward! where the roseate

sunset beams,
Her airy form amid the brightness
gleams!
You call her dead:
Oh, speak not thus! Her tender
heart you grieve,
And 'twixt her love and yours a
barrier weave!
Call her by sweetest name, your
voice shell hear,
And through the darkness like a
star appear.
You call her dead:
Lift up your eyes! She is no longer
dead!
In your lone path the unseen angels
tread!
And when your weary night of
earth shall close,
Shell lead you where eternal sum
mer blows.
Elizabeth Barrett Browning,
(Through a Medium.)
MY PRAYER
If there be some weaker one,
Give me strength to help him on:
If a blinder soul there be,
Let me guide him nearer thee.
Make my mortal dreams come true.
With the work I fain would do;
Clothed with life, the weak intent
Let me be the thing I meant;
Let me find in thy employ
Peace that dearer is than joy;
Out of self to love be led.
And to heaven acclimated,
Until all things sweet and good
Seem my natures habitude.
John O. Whittier.
200
SELECTED POETRY
T H E H IG H E R DUTY
Not for the profit you alone may
gain,
Nor for the peace that hopeful
ness insures;
Nor for the freedom from the use
less pain
That he who nurses spitefulness
endures.
Not merely for the sake of being
free
From profitless regret and need
less care;
Not merely for the joy that there
may be
In spurning sorrows that you
need not bear.
But for the sake of those who come
and go
Day after day within your little
sphere
Forget the fancied ill, the needless
woe,
And speak the helpful, hearty
word of cheer.
8. E. Kiser.
ON T H E TW EN TY -TH IR D
PSALM
In pastures green"? Not always;
sometimes He
Who knoweth best, in kindness
leadeth me
In weary ways, where heavy shad
ows be.
And by still waters? No, not
always so;
Oft-times the heavy tempests round
me blow.
And o'er my soul the waves and
billows go.
But when the storms beat loudest,
and I cry
201
Aloud for help, the Master standeth

by.
And whispers to my soul, Lo, it
is I!"
So, where He leads me, I can
safely go,
And in the blest hereafter I shall
know
Why, in His wisdom. He hath led
me so.
MY CR E E D
1 count myself a faithful friend
Of every child on earth;
I dare not say of one who lives,
His was ignoble birth.
For on the brow of every one,
Though dark that brow may be,
I trace the light of life divine,
In high or low degree.
Christ said, Abide ye all in love,
Which mandate I revere,
And trust that it may be my guide
Through all my wanderings here.
All lovely things of good report
I seek, as flowers the sun;
But more I love the peace of mind
That comes with duty done.
And, when earths children seek my
aid,
I hear Love's high command.
And, if within my power to bless,
I dare not stay my hand.
But, oh! I judge not men by rank
I see the balance scale
O f justice in the hand of God,
And know truth will prevail.
And looking back o er eons past,
As through a long, dark night,
I read that what was once called
wrong
Stands now revealed as right.
Belle Bush.
202
SPIR ITU A L IST MANUAL
T H E SONG OF T H E M YSTIC
I walk down the valley of Silence,
Down the dim, voiceless valley
alone.
And I hear not the fall of footstep
Around me save Gods and my
ow n !
And the hush of my heart is as holy
As hovers where angels have
flown.
Long ago was I weary of voices
W hose music my heart could not
win;
Long ago was I weary of noises
That fretted my soul with their
din;
Long ago was I weary of places
Where I met only human and sin.
I walked in the world with the
worldly;
And I craved what the world
never gave;
And I said: "In the world, each
Ideal
That shines like a star on lifes
wave,
Is wrecked on the shores of the real,
And sleeps, like a dream, in a
grave.
And still did I pine for the Perfect,
And still found the False with
the true;
I sought mid the Human for
Heaven,
But caught a mere glimpse of
the Blue;
And I wept when the clouds of the
Mortal
Veiled even that glimpse from
my view.
And I toiled on, heart-tired of the
Human,
I moaned mid the mazes of men.
Till I knelt, long ago, at an altar.
And I heard a Voice call me;

since then
I walked down the Valley of
Silence,
That lies far beyond mortal ken.
Do you ask what I found in the
Valley?
T is my trysting place with the
Divine,
And I fell at the feet of the Holy,
And about me a Voice said, "Be
mine;
And then rose from the depths of
my spirit
An echo, My heart shall be
thine.
Do you ask how I live in the
Valley?
I weep, and I dream, and I pray;
But my tears are as sweet as the
dewdrops.
That fall on the roses in May;
And my prayers, like a perfume
from censers,
Ascendeth to God night and day.
In
the hush of the Valley of

Silence
I dream all the songs that I sing,
And the music floats down the dim
Valley,
Till each finds a word for a wing;
That to men, like the dove of the
deluge,
The message of peace they may
bring.
But far on the deep there are bil
lows
That never shall break on the
beach,
And I have heard songs in the
Silence
That never shall float into speech,
And I have had dreams in the
Valley
T oo lofty for language to reach.
SELECTED POETRY
I have seen thoughts in the Valley,
Ah, me! how my spirit was
stirred,
And they wear holy veils on their
faces,
Their footsteps can scarcely be
heard;
They pass through the Valley like
virgins,
T oo pure for the touch of a word.
Do you ask me the place of the
Valley,
Ye hearts that are furrowed with
care?
It lieth afar between mountains,
And God and His angels are
there;
And one is the dark Mount of Sor
row,
And one the bright mountain of
Prayer.
Rev. Abram J. Ryan.
T H E VOYAGEUR
There is a plan far greater than the
plan you know,
There is a landscape broader than
the one you see,
There is a haven where storm
tossed souls may go.
You call it death we immor
tality.
You call it death this seeming
endless sleep,
W e call it birth the soul at last
is free.
'Tis hampered not by time or space
you weep,
Why weep at death T is immor
tality.
Farewell, dear Voyageur 'twill not
be long,
Your work is done now may
peace rest with thee.
Your kindly thoughts and deeds
they will live on,
203
This is not death 'tis immor

tality.
Farewell, dear Voyageur the river
winds and turns,
The cadence of your song wafts
near to me.
And now you know the thing that
all men learn:
There is no death: theres immor
tality.
IM M O R TA L ITY
When coldness wraps this suffering
clay.
Ah, whither strays the immortal
mind?
It cannot die, it cannot stay,
But leaves its darkend dust be
hind.
Then, unembodied, doth it trace
By steps each planets heavenly
way?
Or fill at once the realms of space,
A thing of eyes, that all survey?
Eternal, boundless, undecayd,
A thought unseen, but seeing all,
All, all in earth, or skies displayd.
Shall it survey, shall it recall;
Each fainter trace that memory
holds
So darkly of departed years,
In one broad glance the soul be
holds,
And all, that was, at once ap
pears.
Before Creation peopled earth.
Its eyes shall roll through chaos
back;
And where the furthest heaven had
birth,
The spirit trace its rising track.
And where the future mars ot
makes.
Its glance dilate o er all to be.
While sun is quenchd or system
breaks
Fixd in its own eternity.
204
Above all Hate, or Hope, or Fear,

It lives all passionless and pure;
An age shall fleet like earthly year;
Its years as moments shall en
dure.
Away, away, without a wing.
O er all, through all, its thought
shall fly;
A nameless and eternal thing,
Forgetting what it was to die.
Lord Byron.
I CAN, BECAUSE I OUGHT,
AND BY G O D S H E L P I W IL L
When skies hang low, and faith
and hope are dim,
And even Gods great Love seems
far away
A man is tempted very hard to say:
How can I take lifes burden up
day after day?
So these brave words were writ to
comfort him,
And heart and mind with noble
purpose fill:
I can, because I ought, and by
God's help I will.
A. P. W.
BLIN D N ESS
A lark sang his song in the morn
ing light.
Winging his way in happy flight;
They tell me, he cried, that the
infinite blue
Is filled with new life the whole
day through.
And yet, as I soar in the suns
bright glare,
I search in vain to find the air."
Far down in the oceans briny deep
A fish arose from his lazy sleep;
He wiggled his way from the ooze
and the mire
Swimming faster and faster as he
rose higher.
"I
have heard of the beautiful,

crystal sea.
Is there none to tell me where it
can be?
A traveler, bearing a heavy load,

Stopped to rest by the side of the
road,
His brow was fanned by the breezes
cool.
He drank his fill from a fountain
pool.
Then, making his couch on the
earths green sod.
Turned to the sky and cried
Where is God?
E. 0. M.
T H E OLD CLAY H O U SE
When I am through with this old
clay house of mine.
When no more guide-lights through
the windows shine.
Just box is up and lay it away
With the other clay houses of yes
terday;
And with it, my friends, do try, if
you can
T o bury the wrongs since first I
began
To live in this house; bury deep
and forget;
I want to be square and out of
your debt.
When I meet the Grand Architect
Supreme
Face to face, I want to be clean.
Of course I know its too late to
mend
A bad builded house when we come
to the end;
But to you who are building, just
look over mine
And make your alterations while
yet there is time;
Just study this house, no tears
should be shed,
Its like any clay house when the
tenant has fled.
SEL ECTE D POETRY

I have lived in this house many
days all alone.
Just waiting, and oh, how I long to
go home!
Don't misunderstand me, this old
world divine,
With love, birds and flowers, and
glorious sunshine.
Is a wonderful place and a wonder
ful plan,
And a wonderful, wonderful gift to
man.
Yet, somehow we feel, when the cy
cles complete
There are dear ones across we are
anxious to meet;
So we open the books and check up
the past,
And no more forced balances this
is the last.
Each item is checked, each page
must be clean,
It's the passport we carry our
Builder Supreme.
So when I am through with this
old house of clay
Just box it up tight and lay it
away;
For the Builder has promised when
this house is spent,
To have one all finished with tim
ber I sent
While I lived here in this one. Of
course it will be
Exactly as I have builded, you sec
It's the kind of material we each
send across.
And if we build poorly of course
it's our loss.
You ask what material is best to
select?
'Twas told you long ago since by
the Great Architect,
A new commandment I give unto
you,
That you love one another as I have
loved you.
So the finest material to send up
above
Is clear straight-grained timber of
brotherly love.
John S. Monck.
205
BEYON D
It seemeth such a little way to me
Across to that strange country
the Beyond;
And yet, not strange, for it has
grown to be
The home of those of whom I am
so fond.
They make it seem familiar and
most dear.
As journeying friends bring distant
regions near.
So close it lies, that when my sight
is clear
I think I almost see the gleaming
strand.
I know I feel those who have gone
from here
Come near enough sometimes, to
touch my hand.
I often think, but for our veiled
eyes.
W e should find Heaven right around about us lies.
1 never stand above a bier and see
The seal of death set on some
well-loved face
But that I think, "One more to wel
come me,
When I shall cross the interven
ing space.
Between this land and that one
over there;
One more to make the strange Be
yond seem fair."
And so for me there is no sting to
death.
And so the grave has lost its
victory.
It is but crossing with a bated
breath.
And white, set face a little strip
of sea.
To find the loved ones waiting on
the shore,
More beautiful, more precious than
before.
Ella 'Wheeler Wilcox.
206
T H E T IM E S
The times are not degenerate.
Mans faith mounts higher than of
old.
No crumbling creed can take from
the immortal soul the need
Of that supreme creator, GOD.
The wraith of dead beliefs we cher
ished in our youth
Fades, but to let us welcome new
born truth.
Man may not worship at the an
cient shrine,
Prone on his face, in self-accus
ing scorn
That night is past. He hails a
fairer morn.
And knows himself a something all
divine.
Not humble worm, whose heritage
is sin,
But, born of God, he feels the
Christ within.
Not loud his prayers as in the olden
time,
But deep his reverence for that
mighty force
That occult working of the great
All-Source
Which makes the present era so
sublime
Religion now means something
high and broad.
And man stood never half to near
to God.
Ella Wheeler Wilcox,
In Gems from Wilcox.
T H E CH E M IST R Y OF
CH A R A CTER
John, and Peter, and Robert, and
Paul,
God in his wisdom created them
all.
John was a statesman, and Peter a
slave,
Robert a preacher, and Paul was

a knave.
Evil or good as the case might be,
White, or colored, or bond, or
free
Paul
God in his wisdom created them all.
Out of earths elements, mingled
with flame,
Out of lifes compounds of glory
and shame,
Fashioned and shaped by no will of
their own
And helplessly into lifes history
thrown;
Born by the law that compels men
to be,
Born to conditions they could not
foresee,
Paul
John was the head and the heart of
his state
He was trusted and honored, was
noble and great.
Peter was made neath lifes bur
dens to groan.
And never once dreamed that his
soul was his own.
Robert great glory and honor re
ceived.
For zealously preaching what no
one believed;
While Paul, of the pleasures of
sin took his fill
And gave up his life to the service
of ill.
It chanced that these men, in their
passing away
From earth and its conflicts; all died
the same day
John was mourned through the
length and breadth of the
land.
SELECTED POETRY
Peter fell neath the lash in a merci
less hand
Robert died with the praise of the
Lord on his tongue
While Paul was convicted of mur
der, and hung.
John, and Peter, and Robert and
Paul
The purpose of life was fulfilled in
them all.
Men said of the statesman "How
noble and brave!
But of Peter, alas! He was only
a slave.
O f Robert Tis well with his soul
it is well;
While Paul they consigned to the
torments of hell.
Born by one law through all nature
the same,
W h a t made them differ? and w h o
was to blame?
Paul,
God is his wisdom created them all.
Out in that region of infinite light
Where the soul of the black man is
as pure as the white
Out where the flesh can no longer
control
The freedom and faith of the Godgiven soul
W ho shall determine what change
may befall
Paul.
John may in wisdom and goodness
increase.
Peter rejoice in an infinite peace,
Robert may learn that the truths
of the Lord
Are more in the Spirit, and less in
the word
And Paul may be blest with a
holier birth
Than the passions of man had al
lowed him on earth.
207

Paul
M i s s L i z z i e D o te n .
SU DDEN LY R E V E A L E D
A breath of the glory of summer
Sweeps over my soul today,
Though the winds are searching
and tireless
And the winter skies are gray.
But beyond all the gloom and the
shadows
The fragance and beauty arise,
And I tread by some magic and
music,
In the pathways of Paradise.
L i l i a n W h it in g .
LEARN TO F O R G E T
Forget each kindness that you do
As soon as you have done it;
Forget the praise that falls to you
The moment you have won it;
Forget the slander that you hear
Before you can repeat it;
Forget each slight, each spite, each
sneer,
Whenever you may meet it.
Remember every kindness done
T o you, whateer its measure;
Remember praise by others won
And pass it on with pleasure;
Remember every promise made
And keep it to the letter;
Remember those who lend you aid
And be a grateful debtor.
Remember all the happiness
That comes your way in living;
Forget each worry and distress;
Be hopeful and forgiving;
Remember good, remember truth.
Remember heavens above you,
And you will find through age and
youth,
True joys and hearts to love you.
208
IF W E K NEW EA CH O T H E R
If I knew you and you knew me
If both of us could clearly see,
And with an inner sight divine
The meaning of your heart and
mine
I'm sure that we would differ less,
And clasp our hands in friendliness;
Our thoughts would pleasantly
agree,
If I knew you and you knew me."
T H E JOURNEY
I think of death as some delightful
journey
That I shall take when all my
tasks are done;
Though life has given me a heap
ing measure
Of all best gifts, and many a cup of
pleasure,
Still better things await me fur
ther on.
This little earth is such a merry
planet,
The distance beyond it so su
preme,
I have no doubt that all the mighty
spaces
Between us and the stars are
filled with faces
More beautiful than any artist's
dream.
I like to think that I shall yet be
hold them.
When from this waiting room
my soul has soared.
Earth is a wayside station, where
we wander.
Until from out the silent darkness
yonder
Death swings his lantern, and
cries, All aboard!
I think death's train sweeps through
the solar system
And passes suns and moons that
dwarf our own,
And close beside us we shall find
our dearest,
The spirit friends on earth we held
the nearest.
And in the shining distance, zone

upon zone.
Whatever disappointment may be
fall me
In plans or pleasures in this
world of doubt,
I know that life at worst can but
delay me.
But no malicious fate has power to
stay me
From that Grand Journey on the
Great Death Route.
GOOD
D EED S CAN NEVER,

N EVER D IE
Oh, toilers in lifes harvest field
Who sow the seeds of truth yet
sigh
That soil is hard, and scant the
yield,
Faint not! Good deeds can never
die!
What tho no harvest greets thine
eye.
What if thy hands pluck not the
fruit,
Tho strangers share it by and by,
And in thy praises all are mute?
Still true it is, as God is true.
If thy reward be far or nigh,
Do what thy hands may find to do
And lo! Thy deeds shall never
die!
Each germ of Truth, each act of
Love
Inherent holds a life divine;
And on them ever from above
The dews of heavn shall fall and
shine.
Tho' riches flee, tho friends depart,
And broken hopes around thee
lie,
Still let this message cheer thy
heart;
Good deeds shall never, never
die!
B. F. Austin.
SELECTED POETRY
IM M ORTAL L IF E
Immortal Life is something to be
earned
By slow self-conquest, comradeship
with pain,
And patient seeking after higher
truths.
We cannot follow our own way
ward wills,
And feed our baser appetites, and
give
Loose rein to foolish tempers, year
on year,
And then cry, Lord, forgive me; I
believe!"
And straightway bathe in glory.
Men must learn
Gods system is too grand a thing
for that.
The spark divine dwells in our
souls, and we
Can fan it to a steady flame of
light
Whose lustre gilds the pathway to
the tomb
And shines on through eternity; or
else
Neglect it till it glimmers down to
death,
And leaves us but the darkness of
the grave.
Each conquered passion feeds the
living flame;
Each well-borne sorrow is a step
towards God.
Faith cannot rescue, and no blood
redeem
The soul that will not reason and
resolve,
Lean on thyself, yet prop thyself
with prayer;
(All hope is prayer. W ho call it
hope no more
Sends prayer footsore forth o er
weary wastes;
While he who calls it hope gives
wing to prayer.)
And there are spirits, messengers
of love,
209
Who come at call to fortify our

strength;
Make friends with them, and with
thine inner self;
Cast out all envy, bitterness and
hate,
And keep the mind's fair tabernacle
pure.
Shake hands with grief, give greet
ing unto pain
Those angels in disguise; and thy
glad soul
From height to height, from star
to shining star,
Shall climb and claim blest immor
tality.
Ella Wheeler Wilcox.
G O D GIV E US MEN
God give us men. The time de
mands
Strong minds, great hearts, true
faith and willing hands;
Men whom the lust of office does
not kill;
Men whom the spoils of office can
not buy;
Men who possess opinions and a
will;
Men who have honor; men who will
not lie;
Men who can stand before a
demagogue
And dam his treacherous flatteries
without winking;
Tall men; sun-crowned, who live
above the fog
In public duty and private thinking!
For while the rabble with their
thumb-worn creeds,
Their large professions and their
little deeds,
Mingle in selfish strife; lo! Freedom
weeps!
W rong rules the land, and waiting
justice sleeps!
John O. Holland.
210
FA IT H
Just over the river I can see
Loved ones waiting for you and
me.
Beautiful, loving, beckoning hand,
Pointing the way to a better land.
Longing to clasp in a loving em
brace,
Longing to see us face to face,
Longing to smooth out the lines of
care
And tell us the glory awaiting
there.
Upward and onward, like the eagle
bold,
Soaring away, new lands to behold;
Melodious music now borne to our
ears
Tells us we're nearing the heavenly
spheres.
No night there and nothing to fear.
The way seems brighter as we
draw near.
The portals passed, what shall we
see?
What awaits us, you and me?
Rivers like crystal and streets of
gold.
Scenes of beauty we shall behold.
Away! Away! from toil and care!
Joy and peace awaits us there.
Visions of grandeur I can see
There, awaiting you and me.
How will they greet us? How shall
we know
Those we have loved in the long
ago?
Oh, faith divine, all shall be known.
Those we called lost in beauty
grown;
W e shall see and know them, as of
yore,
For love is the same forever more.
Susan I. Boardman.
ON T O T H E H E IG H T S
Oh, you who tread the ways of
earth,
You are immaculate by birth.
From height to depth, from star to
sod.
There is no separate thing from
God.
You are in Him, and He in you,
Learn that old platitude anew.
Bask in splendor of the fact,
And live to it in thought and act.
Bask in the knowledge and be free.
All things are yours, for you are
He.
He does but manifest through man
The scope and purpose of His plan.
He is the All, and All is One;
We are the beams, and He the sun.
Shine
then in glory light

earth,
You are immaculate by birth.
the
Discard old creeds of fear and sin,

Live to the God who dwells within.
Absorb the grandeur of the
Thought,
For thus may miracles be wrought.
Truth is the lock, and Love the
key;
All things are yours to do and be.
Go
claim the vast stupendous

whole
On to the heights. Immortal Soul!
SELECTED POETRY
T H E Y W A TCH OUR A CTIO N S
I do believe the spirits of the dead
Watch all our actions in this
mortal life,
The devious ways by which our
feet are led,
From haunts of peace unto the
haunts of strife.
This feeling of communion with
departed friends
Kindles a sense of fellowship di
vine;
A mutual faith whose quickning
power tends
T o strengthen hope and harsher
thoughts refine.
Memories of loving hearts now
stilled forever
Act as an inspiration unto nobler
deeds.
Since we, alas! our earthly ties
must sever
And take the path where the
eternal leads.
It may be that the shadows when
they darken,
Are but the prelude to what
charms the sight,
And that the deepest silence if we
hearken,
Can soothe us with unspeakable
delight.
We are but gropers in Lifes fullest
meaning,
And know not where nor whence
each footstep leads;
Existence at its best is but a lean
ing
On fervent faith the bulwark ">f
our needs.
Hence the sublimity of ever seem
ing
T o see the forms we loved and
now away;
To think their sight all glorified
and beaming
211
Still marks our actions thro each

mortal day.
For precious as may be living with
the living,
Sharing their aspirations and
their sighs.
W e are unconscious of the joy in
living
In other realms now veiled from
human eyes.
B. F. D. Dunn.
T H E LAW
I ask no good where eer I go
That I have not by service won;
Nor ask that any joy shall flow
Into my life if it be none
Have given joy. I cannot draw
From empty store. It is the Law.
I hold this true it is my creed
Within me lies my heaven or hell;
It is by my own thought or deed
I build the home where I must
dwell
A marble mansion tent of straw
I am the builder. It is the Law
My harvest is the yet to be
Is that which here and now I sow;
I am uplifted and made free
By that of wrong which I out
grow.
If life lines I distorted draw
I must erase them. It is the Law.
I wear the garments I must wear,
If beggars rags or robe of king.
'Tis I the warp and woof prepare,
'Tis I alone the shuttle fling.
No one for me can thread with
draw.
Myself alone. It is the Law.
My Savior is the good I've done
For this alone my heaven is grown.
My crown, the Love that I have
won
And deep within is God enthroned.
212
I to myself will surely draw

That which is mine. It is the Law.
None questions, but the voice with
in
And my accuse is the soul;
My judge is that stern discipline
That ever seeks to make me whole.
I cannot from this court withdraw.
I must bear witness. It is the Law.
Mary March Baker.
A B U IL D ER
He was not stylish or rich or
great
Owned neither a mine nor real
estate;
But he simply toiled from day to
day,
Faithful and honest and brave
ahvay,
Never too tired or poor to give
His best that some other man
might live.
His earth-work finished, an angel
came,
And softly whispered the old man's
name,
And led him to mansions of beauty
rare,
Upbuilt by his love and faith and
prayer,
And each good deed that in earthlife shone
Was marked above by a shining
stone.
Callie Bouncy Murhlc.
PEAK S OF T H E ID EA L
High to our lifted eyes the tall
peaks seem;
But when by rugged pains with toil
extreme
And one sharp struggle we have
reached the crest,
Another rises higher far whose
breast,
The while we struggle up the first

ascent,
Lay all unseen with clouds and
shadow blent
Then fiercely set, we ceaseless
strive and climb,
But ever, ever higher far, Sublime
Ideal, do thy tow ring ramparts
rise.
And as we climb, still lift to higher
skies.
Joseph I. C. Clarke.
T H E CR E E D
Whoever was begotten by pure
love,
And came desired and welcomed
into life.
Is of Immaculate Conception. He
Whose heart is full of tenderness
and truth,
Who loves mankind more than he
loves himself,
And cannot find room in his heart
for hate,
May be another Christ. We all
may be
The Saviours of the world, if we
believe
In the Divinity which dwells in us
And worship it, and nail our gross
er selves,
Our tempers, greeds, and our un
worthy aims upon the cross.
Who giveth love to all,
Pays kindness for unkindness,
smiles for frowns,
And lends new courage to each
fainting heart.
And strengthens hope and scatters
joy abroad.
He, too, is a Redeemer, Son of God.
Ella Wheeler Wilcox,
In Ocms from Wilcox.
SELECTED POETRY
213
L IF E
T o be, or not to be," is not the
question.
There is no chance of Life. Ay,
mark it well!
For Death is but another name for
change.
The weary shuffle off their mortal
coil,
And think to slumber in eternal
night;
But, lo the man, though dead, is
living still;
Unclothed, is clothed upon, and his
Mortality
Is swallowed up in Life.
Scarce knowing if we wake or

sleep,
Scarce asking where we are.
T o feel all evil sink away,
All sorrow and all care.
THE OTHER W ORLD

It lies around us like a cloud
A world we do not see,
But the sweet closing of an eye
May bring us there to thee.
W A IT IN G
Serene I fold my hands and wait,
Nor care for wind, or tide, nor
sea;
I rave no more 'gainst Time or
Fate,
For lo! my own shall come to me.
Its gentle breezes fan our cheeks

Amid our worldly cares;
Its gentle voices whisper love
And mingle with our prayers.
Sweet hearts around us throb and
beat,
Sweet helping hands are stirred,
And palpitates the veil between
With breathing almost heard.
The
silence awful, sweet, and

calm
They have no power to break;
For mortal words arc not for them
T o utter or partake
And in the hush of rest they bring,

'Tis easy now to see,
How lovely, and how sweet a pass,
The hour of death may be.
T o close the eye, to close the ear,
Wrapt in a trance of bliss.
And gently dream in loving arms.
To swoon to that from this.
Sweet souls around us! Watch us

still,
Press nearer to our side,
Into our thoughts, into our prayers.
With gentle helpings glide.
Let death between us be as naught,
A dried and vanished stream,
Your joy be the reality.
Our suffering like the dream.
H. B. Stowe.
I stay my haste, I make delays,

For what avails this eager pace?
I stand amid the eternal ways,
And what is mine shall know my
face.
Asleep, awake, by night or day,
The friends I seek arc seeking
me;
No wind can drive my bark astray,
Nor change the tide of destiny.
What matter if I stand alone?
I wait with joy the coming years;
My heart shall reap where it hath
sown,
And garner up its fruit of tears.
The waters know their own and
draw
The book that springs in yonder
height.
So flows the good with equal law
Unto the Soul of pure delight.
214
The stars come nightly to the sky;

The tidal wave comes to the sea;
Nor time, nor space, nor deep, nor
high,
Can keep my own away from me.
Serene, I fold my hands and wait,
Whate'er the storms of life may
be,
Faith guides me up to heavens
gate,
And love will bring my own to
me.
John Burroughs.
And if some time, commingled with

lifes wine,
We find the wormwood, and
rebel and shrink.
Be sure a wiser hand than yours or
mine
Pours out this potion for our lips
to drink;
And if some friend we love is lying
low,
Where human kisses cannot reach
his face,
Oh! do not blame the loving Father
so.
SOM E T IM E
Some time, when all lifes lessons
have been learned,
And sun and stars forevermore
have set,
The things which our weak judg
ment here has spurned
The things oer which we grieved
with lashes wet
Will flash before us out of lifes
dark night,
As stars shine most in deeper
tints of blue;
And we shall see how all Gods
plans were right,
And how what seemed reproof
was love most true.
But bear your sorrow with obedi

ent grace.
And you shall shortly know that
lengthened breath.
Is not the sweetest gift God
sends His friend.
And that sometimes the sable pall
of death
Conceals the fairest boon His
love can send;
If we could push ajar the gates of
life.
And stand within, and all God's
working see,
We could interpret all this doubt
and strife,
And for each mystery could find
a key.
And we shall see that while we

frown and sigh,
Gods plans go on as best for you
and me;
How, when we called, He heeded
not our cry,
Because His wisdom to the end
could see;
And, een as prudent parents dis
allow
T oo much of sweet to craving
babyhood,
So God, perhaps, is keeping from us
now
Lifes sweetest things, because it
seemeth good.
But not today. Then be content,

poor heart;
Gods plans, like lilies pure and
white, unfold;
W e must not tear the close-shut
leaves apart;
Time will reveal the calyxes of
gold.
And if through patient toil we
reach the land
Where tired feet, with sandals
loose may rest,
When we shall clearly know and
understand,
I think that we shall say that
God knew best.
SELECTED POETRY
T H E W ELL-SPEN T DAY
If we sit down at set of sun
And count the acts that we have
done,
And, counting find
One self-denying act, one word
That eased the heart of him who
heard,
One glance most kind,
That fell like sunshine where it
went,
Then we may count that day wellspent.
A PRAYER
Teach me, Father, how to go
Softly as the grasses grow;
Hush my soul to meet the shock
O f the wild world as a rock;
But my spirit, propt with power,
Make as simple as a flower;
Let the dry heart fill its cup,
Like a poppy looking up;
Let Life lightly wear her crown.
Like the poppy looking down.
When its heart is filled with dew,
And its life begins anew
Teach me, Father, how to be
Kind and patient as a tree;
Joyfully the crickets croon
Under shady oak at noon;
Beetle, on his mission bent,
Tarries in that cooling tent;
Let me, also, cheer a spot,
Hidden field or garden grot
Place where passing souls can rest
On the way and be their best.
Edwin Markham.
IN M EM ORIAM
How pure at heart and sound in
head,
With what divine affections bold
Should be the man whose thought
would hold
An hours communion with the
dead.
215
In vain shalt thou, or any, call

The spirits from their golden
day,
Except, like them, thou, too,
canst say,
My spirit is at peace with all.
They
haunt the silence of the

breast,
Imagination calm and fair;
The memory like a cloudless air,
The conscience as a sea at rest.
But when the heart is full of din,
And doubt beside the portal
waits.
They can but listen at the gates,
And hear the household jar within.
Alfred Tennyson.
EM A N CIPA TION
W hy be afraid of death, as though
your life were breath?
Death but anoints your eyes with
clay. Oh, glad surprise!
Why should you be forlorn? Death
only husks the corn.
Why should you fear to meet the
thresher of the wheat?
Is sleep a thing of dread? Yet
sleeping you are dead
Till you awake and rise, here or
beyond the skies.
W hy should it be a wrench to leave
your wooden bench?
W hy not with happy shout run
home when school is out?
The dear ones left behind! O, fool
ish one and blind,
A day and you will meet a night
and you will greet.
This is the death of death, to
breathe away a breath,
And know the end of strife, and
taste the deathless life.
And joy without a fear, and smile
without a tear
And work, not care to rest, and
find the last the best.
Maltbie D. Babcock.
216
GLAD T ID IN G S
From hill and valley ringing,
From prairie-land and street,
Rich melody is bringing
Glad tidings fair and sweet;
Friends join from realms immortal.
And signal from Loves day
"Rejoice, beyond Deaths portal,
The mists have cleared away.
We turn from old time errors,
T o sing with friends above:
Death is not King of Terrors,
But Lord of Life and Love;
No cypress wreath is twining
O er forms of earth-worn clay,
For spirit faces shining.
Have cleared the mists away.
O f old they told the story
Of resurrection dawn:
We feel its daily glory,
And watch the coming morn.
Hail! Souls from isles supernal,
Who still in spirit say:
Life wears Loves crown eternal,
The mists have cleared away.
C. Fannie Allyn.
W E THANK T H E E
We thank Thee for the beauty
which the morning shows,
We thank Thee for the sweetness
of the night's repose.
We thank Thee for the glory of
the rising sun.
We thank Thee for the twilight
when the day is done.
We thank Thee for the noon-day
and the clearer view,
We thank Thee for the darkness
then the stars shine through.
We thank Thee for the fragrance of
the flowry spring.
We thank Thee for the bounty
which the summers bring.
We thank Thee for the splendor of

the automns glow,
We thank Thee for the sparkle of
the winter snow.
We thank Thee that each season of
the day and year
Makes thy graceful tenderness
faithfully appear.
Napoleon S. Hoagland.
T H E S P IR IT S FA REW ELL
Rest, tired clay; I've done with
thee.
How long Ive worn thee as the
captive
Wears the dragging chain, that
fetters
Him to earth. What pains and
weakness
Have we known together, what
strife,
What weariness, what sad impotency.
Yet thou hast served me well hast
Been a willing slave to task-master
stern.
Who no pity showed to thee, for
oft, when
Een existence was a battle, did this
Same eager, tireless spirit gird thee
on
T o yet greater effort and endeavor.
Handful of dust, once vitalized,
Thou oft hast longed for the em
brace
Of the bridegroom, Death; hast
thought
It would be sweet to lie down in
His restful arms; thou feelest them
now.
Rest in thy bridal bed, from whence
No morrow makes to toil, no rest
less
Spirit goads thee to action, ever
more.
O friends, dear friends, all and
each.
SELECTED POETRY
Why look ye on this wornout frame
That can not give the love ye
crave?
Its passing set me free, rejoice in
this,
Its poor mortal eyes and ears no
longer
Veil from me sweet sights and
sounds.
I see you all I sense your Love
I know.
O Father Now 1 know and thank
Thee
For Thy greatest gift blest im
mortality.
B. C. Clark.
H A U N TED H O U SES
All houses wherein men have lived
and died
Are haunted houses. Through
the open door
The harmless phantoms on their
errands glide,
With feet that make no sound
upon the floor.
There are more guests at table than
the host
Invited; illuminated hall
Is thronged with quiet, inoffensive
ghosts
As silent as the picture on the
wall.
*
The spirit-world around this world

of sense
Floats like an atmosphere, and
everywhere
Wafts thro these mists and vapors
dense
A vital breath of more ethereal
air.
Henry W. Longfellow.
AN GELS T W IL IG H T BELL
There has come to my mind a
legend, a thing I half forgot,
And whether I read it or dreamed
it; ah, well, it matters not.
217
Its said that in heaven at Twilight

a great bell softly swings.
And man may listen and harken to
the wonderful music that
rings.
If he puts from his hearts inner
chamber all the passion, pain
and strife.
Heartaches and weary longing, that
throb in the pulses of life;
If he thrusts from his soul all
hatred, all thoughts of wicked
things,
He can hear in the holy twilight
how the bell of the angel
rings.
And I think there is in this legend,
if we open our eyes to see.
Somewhat of an inner meaning, my
friend, to you and to me;
I.ets look in our hearts and ques
tion, "Can pure thoughts en
ter in
T o a soul if it be already the
dwelling of thoughts of sin?
So, then, let us ponder a little; let
us look in our hearts and see,
If the twilight bell of the angels
could ring for you and me.
AWAY
I cannot say, and I will not say
That he is dead. He is just away!
With a cheery smile and wave of
the hand,
He has wandered into an unknown
land.
And left us dreaming how very fair
It needs must be, since he lingers
there.
And you O you, who the wildest
yearn
For the old-time steps and the
glad return
Think of him faring on, as dear
In the love of There as the love of
Here.
Think of him still as the same, I
say.
He is not dead he is just away.
James Whitcomb Riley.
218
T H E IN EV ITA BLE
I like the man who faces what he
must
With step triumphant and a heart
of cheer;
Who fights the daily battle with
out fear,
Sees his hopes fail, yet keeps un
faltering trust
That God is God; that somehow,
true and just
His plans work out for mortals;
not a tear
Is shed when fortune, which the
world holds dear,
Falls from his grasp; better, with
love, a crust
Than living in dishonor; envies not,
Nor loses faith in man; but does
his best
Nor ever mourns over his humbler
lot,
But with a smile and words of
hope, gives zest
To every toiler; he alone is great,
Who by a life heroic conquers
fate.
Sarah K. Bolton.
F O O T ST E P S OF ANGELS
When the hours of day are num
bered,
And the voices of the night
Wake the better soul that slum
bered,
To a holy, calm delight;
Ere the evening lamps are lighted.
And, like phantoms grim and tall,
Shadows from the fitful firelight
Dance upon the parlor wall;
Then the forms of the departed
Enter at the open door;
The beloved, the true hearted,
Come to visit me once more;
With a slow and noiseless footstep
Comes that messenger divine,
Takes the vacant chair beside me,
Lays her gentle hand in mine.
And she sits and gazes at me.

With those deep and tender eyes,
Like the stars, so still and saint
like
Looking downward from the
skies.
Uttered not, yet comprehended,
Is the spirit's voiceless prayer,
Soft rebukes, in blessing ended,
Breathing from her lips of air.
O, though oft depressed and lonely.
All my fears arc laid aside,
If I but remember only.
Such as these have lived and
died!
H. W. Longfellow.
Published by permission of Hough
ton, Mifflin and Company
T H E B U ILD ERS
All are architects of Fate,
Working in these walls of Time;
Some with massive deeds and
great.
Some with ornaments of rhyme.
Nothing useless is, or low;
Each thing in its place is best;
And what seems but idle show
Strengthens and supports the
rest.
For the structure that we raise,
Time is with materials filled;
Our todays and yesterdays
Are the blocks with which we
build.
Build today, then strong and sure,
With a firm and ample base;
And ascending and secure
Shall tomorrow find its place.
Thus alone can we attain
T o those turrets, where the eye
Sees the world as one vast plane
And one boundless reach of sky.
H. W. Longfellow.
Published by permission of Hough
ton. Mifflin & Company.
SEL ECTE D POETRY

K N O W L ED G E
I tell you the shadows are growing
thinner
Between this world and the world
of the dead;
And only the fool cries "F O O L or
"SIN N E R
To one who looks into the life
ahead,
I tell you the curtain is being lift
ed
The silence broken, the darkness
rifted
And Knowledge is taking the
place of Faith
On the vast subject DEATH.
Yes: Now in the place of Faith
comes Knowledge
For the Soul of the Race is awake
to Truth,
And it rests no longer on school or
college
Or the crude concepts of the
world's first youth.
From a larger fountain our minds
are drinking
The deep, high Source of divinely
thinking
And searching for G OD in the
heart of MAN
It is so we are learning the plan.
Yes: Searching for G OD in the
heart of a Brother
And not on a far-away throne
above.
Is a surer method than any other
Of finding the Center of Truth and
Love.
And out of that Center a voice is
crying
That our Dead are not, in their low
graves, lying
But are living and loving us, close
and near
So long as we hold them dear.
Yes: Living and Loving and try
ing to guide us
Invisible helpers, by G O D S sweet
will
Who ofttimes move through the
day beside us,
219
But aiding us most when our minds

are still.
I tell you the curtain is being lifted,
The silence broken, the darkness
rifted
And K N O W L ED G E is taking the
place of FA ITH
On that vast subject, DEATH.
T H E ADVENTURE
BEAU TIFU L
Today the journey is ended;
I have worked out the mandates
of fate;
Naked, Alone, Undefended,
I knock at the uttermost gate.
Lo! The gate swings wide at my
knocking;
Across endless reaches I see
Lost friends, with laughter come
flocking
T o give a glad welcome to me.
Farewell! The maze has been
threaded;
This is the ending of strife;
Say not that death should be
dreaded,
'Tis but the beginning of life.
Selected.
ONLY
Only a touch, a whisper,
I said would banish unrest;
Only a glance from the eyes I love
Will make my life so blest.
And I heeded not there that the sun
shone fair
And the wind came out of the west.
Only the old-time music
O f the songs that my spirit caught
Only a vanished presence,
Only a loving thought,
And I failed to hear the music near,
With which the air was fraught.
Lilian Whiting
220

T H E R E IS NO D EA TH
There is no death! The soul lives

on for aye,
T is but a changing to another
sphere,
E'en though the body passes back
to earth
The soul lives on, in spirit life,
as here;
It will expand, and thrive, and ever
grow,
And still retain its influences o'er
Those left on earth, until they, too,
shall go
To join those who have merely
gone before.
There is no death! 'Tis but a high
er growth.
The soul continues to another
scene
Devoid of all encumbrances of
earth,
Shorn of all pain and suffering so
keen;
And while well miss its daily pres
ence here,
And from its sweet companion
ship are torn,
We will be blessed, inspired and
comforted
By its o'er shadowing love, in
heaven born.
There is no death! 'Tis but a
change of form,
Enabling the soul to reach its
own,
And there expanding with each
cycle made
As it ascends near to the heav
enly throne;
Our life on earth is but a transient
stay,
As onward to a luture life we
tread,
And, having gained experience of
earth,
VVe then pass on with those the
world calls dead.
There is no death! For life can
never die,
Life is as potent as the truth itself.

It lives forever, through eternity;
And when, in turn, the summons
comes to us
To pass unto the land that lies
beyond,
We should not sorrow, but should
een rejoice
That we've gained our freedom
from earth's bond.
/. C. I. Evans.
T H E S P IR IT OF NATURE
I have come from the heart of all
natural things.
Whose life from the Soul of the
Beautiful springs;
You shall hear the sweet waving of
corn in my voice.
And the musical whisper of leaves
that rejoice,
For my lips have been touched by
the spirit of prayer,
Which lingers unseen in the soft
summer air;
And the smile of the sunshine that
brightens the skies,
Hath left a glad ray of its light in
my eyes.
There is something in Nature be
yond our control.
That is tenderly winning the love
of each soul;
We shall linger no longer in dark
ness and doubt.
When the Beauty within meets
Beauty without.
Sweet Spirit of Nature! wherever
thou art,
O, fold us like children, close, close
to thy heart;
Till we learn that thy bosom is
Truth's hallowed shrine.
And the Soul of the Bcautitul is
the Divine.
l.izzie Doteu
SELECTED POETRY
T H E R A IN B O W B R ID G E
'Twas a faith that was held by the
Northmen bold
In the ages long, long, ago
That the river of death, so dark
and cold
W as spanned by a radiant bow;
A rainbow bridge to the blest abode
O f the strong gods free from ill
Where the beautiful Urda fountain
flowed
Near the ash tree Igdra sill.
And they held that when, in lifes
weary march
They should come to the river
wide,
They would set their feet on the
shining arch
And would pass to the other side.
And they said that the gods and the
heroes crossed
That bridge from the world of
light.
T o strengthen the soul when its
hope seemed lost
In the conflict for the right.
Oh beautiful faith of the grand old
past!
So simple, yet so sublime;
A light from that rainbow bridge is
cast
Far down oer the tide of Time.
W e raise our eyes, and we see
above.
The souls in their homeward
march;
They wave their hands and they
smile in love,
From the height of that rainbow
arch.
W e know they will drink from the
fountain pure
That springs by the Tree of Life;
W e know that their spirits will rest
secure
From the tempests of human strife;
221
So we fold our hands, and we close

our eyes
And we strive to forget our pain
Lest the weak and the selfish wish
should arise
T o ask for them back again.
The swelling tide of our grief we
stay,
While our warm hearts fondly
yearn.
And we ask if over that shining
way
They shall nevermore return.
Oh we oft forget that our lonely
hours
Are known to the souls we love,
And they strew the path of our life
with flowers
From that rainbow arch above.
W e hear them call, and their voices
sweet
Float down from the bridge of
light.
Where the gold and crimson and
azure meet
And mingle their glories bright.
W e hear them call, and the soul
replies
From the depths of the life below.
And we strive on the wings of faith
to rise
T o the height of that radiant bow.
Like the crystal ladder that Jacob
saw
Is that beautiful vision given,
The weary pilgrims of earth to
draw
T o the life of their native heaven.
For it's better that souls should
upward tend
And strive for the victors crown,
Than to ask the angels their help to
lend.
And come to mans weakness down.
That rainbow bridge in the crystal
dome
O er a swiftly flowing tide,
222
Is the shining way to the spirit

home
That lies on the other side.
T o man is the tempest cloud below
And the storm winds fatal breath,
But for those that cross over that
shining bow
There is no more pain nor death.
Oh, fair and bright does the arch
way stand,
Through the silent lapse of years,
Fashioned and reared by no human
hand
From the sunshine of love and
tears.
Sweet spirits, our footsteps are
nearing fast
The light of the shining shore;
We shall cross that rainbow bridge
at last
And greet you in joy once more.
Lizzie Doten.
A FTER T H E STORM Y
W E A TH E R
A Poem for Decoration Day
Its after the stormy weather
camps still and the fighting
done;
And w ere closer, thank God, to
gether in the joy o that
battle, won
Under the flag united friendly as
friends may be,
The man who marched with Sher
man and the man who fol
lowed Lee.
Its after the stormy weather. See
now where the skies blend
blue.
And light the stars of the flag that
waves so splendidly over
you!
The battle thunders have died
away the folds of the flag
float free,
And fainter now are the echoes of

the guns from over the sea.
After the stormy weather! Peace
on the plains and hills;
No crimson drops on the daisies, no
red on the rippled rills.
Only one thought for the country:
"Waves the flag from shore
to shore;
W rongs righted, and love-united,
we arc brothers forever
more!
One thought! Let the rivers sing it
where the dreaming valleys
sleep!
One thought! Let the winds pro
claim it far up on the wooded
steep!
Thrilled to the stars in music; after
the rough ways trod,
We are all at home in the country
under the smile of God!
Frank L. Stanton.
S W E E T R EST AT LAST
Sweet rest at last!
At last the hands are folded
Upon a pulseless breast,
And a soul tired, of earths great
burden weary,
Hath found sweet rest.
Sweet rest at last!
A long and faithful worker
On lifes broad beaten road,
Reaching the confines of a life im
mortal,
Lays down his load.
Sweet rest at last!
No longer thorns are pressing
Upon a careworn brow,
But from the heavens a fadeless
crown of blessing
Rests on it now.
SELECTED POETRY
Sweet rest at last!
No more earths fretting discord
Disturbs the holy calm.
But angel choirs chant to the
listning spirit
Their peaceful psalm.
Sweet rest at last!
W e clasp our hand in silence,
And only hope to be
Some time with those who enter at
the portal,
And heaven to see.
223
Sweet rest at last!

Some time, amid the realms of fade
less beauty
Earths toils and sorrows past,
Find, with the dear ones who have
gone before us,
Sweet rest at last.
INDEX
A
Page
Adm ission to F ellow sh ip

Service .......................
American Flag, The .........
American Flag, P led ge to ....
Flag, Salute to the ...........
Anniversary Service ..........
Page
"Gratitude Day Service ..... 132
139
H
136
136 H ealing (Bible R eferen ces) .... 65
136 H ealin g,D efin ition s of ......... 51
127 H ealin g,Su ggestion s a s Aid to 52
Hiding Mans Divinity
48-73
H ydesv illeC otta ge,P ictu re of 122
B
Hymns
America ........................ 138
Barrett, Harrison D ........... 10
Star Spangled Banner ....... 136
B ible R eferen ces and Spirit
America, the Beautiful .... 137
M anifestations
............. 61
Burial Service((for General
P urposes) .................... 153
Burial Service forChild ...... 157
I
By-Laws on"G ratitude D ay 132
Interpretation of P rin cip les 36-37
Inspirational Speaking ........ 54
Invocations and R eadings 9H20
Clairvoyance, D efin itions of 49

L
Constitutional Convention .... 15
Conventions of N.S.A...... 16- 20 Liberty and the L aw ........... -73
Lyceum Burial Service ....... 157
Lyceum, Spiritualist P rogres
siv e ............................ 189
D
Lying Spirits(B ible R eferen ce)65
Declaration of P rin cip les .... 37
D efinitions Adopted by
N.S.A.C......................37-40
M
D efinitions of C lairvoyance
49
D efin itions of P roph ecy....... 59 Man L im it le s s .................. 188
D efinitions of R eligion ...... 160 Marriage S ervice .............. 149
D efin itions of Spiritual
Ministry of A ngels (Bible Re
Healing ......................... 51
R eference) .................. 66
Modern Spiritualism ............121
F
F ellow sh ip S ervice ............ 139
N
Foretelling, D efinition of ... 57
Foreword ........................ 13 Naming Service for
Founders Day Service ......... 145
Children ................. 141-143
Naturalness of Mediumship .....43
224
SPIR ITU ALIST MANUAL

O
225
Page
Page
Objects of Spiritualism ...... 42

Officers and Trustees,
N.S.A.C..................... 21-36
P
Patriotic Service............. 135
Philosophy of Spiritualism 44-48
Brotherhood of Man ......... 44
Children grow in Spirit
Vi'orld ....................... 47
Earthly Deeds Affect Spirit 46
Evolution of Man ............ 44
Happiness Attainable by All 47
Infinite Intelligence ....... 44
Inspiration Perpetual ...... 47
Mans duty on Earth ........ 44
Mans Individuality .......... 45
Mans Moral Status After
Death ..................... 46
Matter and Spirit Co-related 45
Mediumship ................. 47
Music and Harmony ......... 45
Objects of Spiritualism ......42
Purpose of Spirit Life ...... 47
Spirit Communications ..... 46
Spirit Manifestation ........ 46
Universe, Origin of, etc.... 44
What Spiritualism Is and
Does ........................ 41
P ion e ers........................ 195
Poetry Selected ............... 200
A Builder ................... 212
Actions, They Watch Our
211
Adventure Beautiful, The
219
After the Stormy Weather ... 222
A ngels Twilight B e ll..... 217
A Prayer .................... 215
Away ........................ 217
Beyond ...................... 20 5
Blindness .................. 204
Builders, The ............. 218
Emancipation .............. 215
F a ith ........................ 210
Footsteps of Angels ...... 218
Glad Tidings .............. 216
God Give Us Men .......... 209
G ood D eed s Can Never Die 208
Haunted Houses ............ 217

I Can, Because I Ought, and
By G ods Help I Will ..... 204
If Wc Knew Each Other... 208
Immortality....................20 3
Immortal Life ............... 209
In Memoriam ............... 215
Knowledge ................. 219
Learn to Forget ............ 207
Life ...........................213
My Creed ...................20 1
My Prayer ....................200
On the Twenty-Third Psalm 20 1
On to the Heights ......... 210
Only ......................... 219
Peaks of the Ideal ........ 212
She Is Not Dead ............ 200
Some T im e .................. 214
Sudden ly Revealed ........ 207
Sweet Rest at Last ........ 222
The Chemistry of Character 206
The Creed .................. 212
The Higher D uty........... 201
The Inevitable ............ 218
The Journey ................ 208
The Law ....................211
The Old Clay House ..... 204
The Other World .......... 213
The Rainbow Bridge ...... 221
The Song of the M ystic.... 202
The Spirits Farewell ......216
The Spirit of Nature....... 220
The T im e s................. 206
The Voyageur ............. 203
The Well-Spent Day ...... 215
There Is No Death ........ 220
They Watch Our Actions ... 211
Waiting .......................213
We Thank T h e e ............. 216
Prophecy ...................... 59
Q
Q uestion s and Answers About
Spiritualism ................... 79
Q uotations S elected
226

Page
Page
P rose ..................... 161-187
Abbott, James .............. 186
Anthony, Saint .............. 170
Austin, Dr. B. F ........ 171-185
Barrett, Harrison D ......... 176
Barwise, Hon. Mark A..... 181
Beecher, Henry Ward ..... 165
Boscow an, P rof.............. 161
Buddhist Scriptures ........ 162
Cato .......................... 162
C ice ro ........................ 164
Chambers, Dr. Robert ..... 171
Clark, Dr. Adam ........... 170
Clark, Susie C ............... 183
C o lv ille, W. J................. 178
Davis, Andrew Jackson .... 165
D ickens, C harles .......... 171
Doten, L iz z ie .............. 167
Doyle, Arthur Conan ....... 186
E c c le s ia s t e s ................ 164
Edmunds, J. W............... 165
Erwood, Will J. ........ 167-182
Favre, M. Leon ............. 168
Flammarion, Cam ille ....... 178
Francis, JoJjn R .............. 179
Fuller, Dr. Geo. A........... 183
Garrison, William Lloyd .... 170
G oetz, E lizabeth Harlow .... 183
Grimshaw, Thom as ........ 181
Hardinge, Emma (now
Britten) ...................... 167
Haweis, Rev. H. R .......... 172
Hawthorne, Nathaniel ...... 167
Holmes, Oliver Wendell ... 174
Hawthorne, Nathaniel .... 167
Homer.......................... 161
Hugo, Vi&tor ................ 169
Hull, M oses ................. 168
Ignatius ...................... 170
Irving, Washington ......... 173
Jesu s ......................... 164
Kant .......................... 174
Kates, G eorge W............. 182
Kiddle, Prof. Henry ....... 174
King, Starr ................... 166
Lacordaire, Father ......... 174
L illie, Mrs. R. S ............. 175
Lockwood, Prof. W. M...... 184
Lodge, Sir O liver ........... 185

Longley, Mary T ............. 182
Loveland, Prof. J. S ........ 177
Mahomet .................... 166
M assey, Gerald ............ 171
Maynard, Nettie Colburn .... 165
Milton ....................... 164
Murray, Rev. W. H........... 172
Newton , J. F ................. 48
O ch arow icz ................. 173
Paine, Thom as .............. 166
Parker, T h e o d o r e ........... 169
Peck, Prof. W. F ............ 177
P eeb les, Dr. J. M.............174
Plato .......................... 163
Plutarch ..................... 164
Pythagoras .................. 162
Richmond, Coral L. V...... 177
R ussegue, Helen L. P ...... 175
Sardou, V ictorien ........... 172
Sargent, E p es .............. 173
Savage, Minot J.............. 167
Schlesinger, Julia (now
Garison) ................... 176
Sen eca ....................... 162
Smith, Charles R ............. 11
S ocrates ..................... 162
Sprague, E. W.......... 178-187
Stowe, Harriet B eecher .... 173
Tertullian ................... 170
Tuttle, Hudson ............ 166
Twing, Carrie E. S ......... 179
Vanderbilt, Mary S......... 184
Varley, C. F................. 168
Wallace, Alfred R u ssell .... 168
Warne, Dr. G eorge B .... 10-179
Whitwell, Joseph P ......... 11
Wiggin, Fred A.............. 184
Wood, Henry ........... 185-186
Zend-Avesta ............... 161
R
R eadings .................. 91-120
Death, The Gateway to L ife 99
Divinity of Nature ........ 103
Inspiration .................. 109
227

Page
Page
Into the Silen ce ............. 107 Speaking in Unknown

T o n g u e s ..................... 62
L ife s Anchor ................. 95
Speaking
Through Trumpets 65
Power of Spirits ............ 93
Road to H appin ess ......... 105 Spiritual Body ................ 61
Self-R eliance ............... 97
54
Trance ......................
V ision s ....................... 65
True R eligion ............... 101
V oices, Independent Spirit 65
What Is Spiritualism ? ...... 91
Writing, Direct Spirit ....... 63
Wisdom and L ove .......... I l l
Spiritual
Healing ............. 65
Easter ........................ 113
S
u
ggestion
s a s Healing
Thanksgiving ................ 115
Agency ........................ 52
Christm as ..................... 117
R eligion, D efin itions of ...... 160 S u ggestion s for Self Culture .. 75
R e ligio u s Liberty ............. 73
s
S elf Culture, S u ggestion s for 75
S elected Poetry .............. 199
Service, Anniversary .......... 127
Burial for General

P u rp oses ............ 153
Burial for Children ... 157
F e llo w s h ip ........ 139
"Gratitude D ay . 132
Invocations and
R eadings ....... 91120
Naming of
Children ......... 141-143
Marriage S ervice .... 149
P atriotic .............. 135

Spirit M anifestations of the
B ible ....................... 61
Clairaudience .............. 64
C lairvoyance ................. 64
Dreams ....................... 65
Healing ....................... 65
Independent V o ic e s ....... 65
Inspiration .................. 62
Levitation .................... 64
Lying Spirits ............... 65
Magnetized A rticles, Healing
by ........................... 65
M aterialization .............. 62
M edium ship.................... 62
Ministry of A ngels ......... 63
P h y sica l M anifestations.... 61
T
T hings to Avoid and Things
to Attain .....................
Trance Mediumship ...........
Trance Mediumship Not
Hurtful ..........................
Trance S p ea k in g...............
75
56
56
54
V
V ision s (Bible References).... 66
V oices, Independent Spirit
(Bible R e fe re n c e s) .......... 66
w
Warne, Dr. Geo. B.............. 10
What Spiritualism Is and D o e s 41

1911 Anonymous Spiritualist Manual Nsac Usa

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1911 Anonymous Spiritualist Manual Nsac Usa

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1911 Anonymous Spiritualist Manual Nsac Usa

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of the Spiritualist Manual?

What is the purpose of the Spiritualist Manual?

What positions does the document outline?

What positions does the document outline?

SPIRITUALIST

Incorporated under the Laws o( the District ol Columbia

Revision of January, 1980

Original General Offices of

National Spiritualist Association

This Manual is designed to be a Handbook

National Spiritualist Association of Churches

12 St. Louis, 1904

18 San Francisco, 1910

Dr. George B. Warne

19 St. Louis, 1911

Dr. George B. Warne

Dr. George B. Warne

Dr. George B. Warne

Dr. George B. Warne

Dr. George B. Warne

24 St. Paul, 1916

Dr. George B. Warne

Dr. George B. Warne

26 St. Louis, 1918

Dr. George B. Warne

Dr. George B. Warne

Dr. George B. Warne

Dr. George B. Warne

Dr. George B. Warne

Dr. George B. Warne

Los Angeles, 1924

San Antonio, 1927

39 Kansas City, 1931

45 Fort Worth, 1937

49 Los Angeles, 1941

52 St. Louis, 1944

57 San Antonio, 1949

61 Kansas City, 1953

Officers Who Have Been Elected or Appointed and Who Have

SP IR ITU A L IST MANUAL

ALLEN FRANKLIN BROWN

ELIZABETH HARLOW GOETZ

DR. OTTO VIERL1NG

HON. MARK A. BARWISE

VICTORIA BARNES, M.D.

RALPH D. CUTLIP, SR.

SP IR ITU A L IST MANUAL

October 9 1914, October 24 1919, October 24 1951

What Spiritualism Is and Does

The Universe: Its Origin and Government

The Evolution of Man

Mans Duty on Earth

Matter and Spirit Always Co-related

Music and Harmony

P H IL O SO P H Y O F SPIR ITU A LISM

Mans Moral Status After Death

Earthly Deeds Affect Spiritual Existence

Spirit Communications to Be Tested

Children Grow in the Spirit World